US20150250474A1 - Surgical implant and method and instrument for installing the same - Google Patents
Surgical implant and method and instrument for installing the same Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20150250474A1 US20150250474A1 US14/639,113 US201514639113A US2015250474A1 US 20150250474 A1 US20150250474 A1 US 20150250474A1 US 201514639113 A US201514639113 A US 201514639113A US 2015250474 A1 US2015250474 A1 US 2015250474A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- implant
- fastener
- fasteners
- retainer
- tissue
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 463
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title description 48
- 230000008093 supporting effect Effects 0.000 claims description 62
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 46
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 229920002379 silicone rubber Polymers 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000004945 silicone rubber Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 abstract description 29
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 abstract description 13
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 196
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 56
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 47
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 40
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 17
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 16
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 16
- 230000000712 assembly Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000000429 assembly Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 238000010304 firing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000002439 hemostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000004696 Poly ether ether ketone Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000017074 necrotic cell death Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229920002530 polyetherether ketone Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- -1 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920001343 polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004810 polytetrafluoroethylene Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920002725 thermoplastic elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000001142 back Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000000560 biocompatible material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000013011 mating Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002324 minimally invasive surgery Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002271 resection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012858 resilient material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920000742 Cotton Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 244000043261 Hevea brasiliensis Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005299 abrasion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004308 accommodation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003872 anastomosis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001008 atrial appendage Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000621 bronchi Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000013037 co-molding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002657 fibrous material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000023597 hemostasis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920003052 natural elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001194 natural rubber Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001147 pulmonary artery Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004904 shortening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000004753 textile Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 241001408627 Agriopis marginaria Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010011224 Cough Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010019909 Hernia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000271 Kevlar® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000237503 Pectinidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004775 Tyvek Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000690 Tyvek Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004676 acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000122 acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003484 anatomy Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000709 aorta Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001367 artery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000249 biocompatible polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000003486 chemical etching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009194 climbing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000593 degrading effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000994 depressogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000806 elastomer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013536 elastomeric material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000295 expanded polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035876 healing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011900 installation process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003886 intestinal anastomosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000936 intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004761 kevlar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005228 liver tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003754 machining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001092 metal group alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000012978 minimally invasive surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- HLXZNVUGXRDIFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N nickel titanium Chemical compound [Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni] HLXZNVUGXRDIFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001000 nickel titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000013021 overheating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004080 punching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002254 renal artery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000020637 scallop Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037390 scarring Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000260 silastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002994 synthetic fiber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012209 synthetic fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003437 trachea Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003954 umbilical cord Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001631 vena cava inferior Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002620 vena cava superior Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/08—Wound clamps or clips, i.e. not or only partly penetrating the tissue ; Devices for bringing together the edges of a wound
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/064—Surgical staples, i.e. penetrating the tissue
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/11—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for performing anastomosis; Buttons for anastomosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/064—Surgical staples, i.e. penetrating the tissue
- A61B17/0643—Surgical staples, i.e. penetrating the tissue with separate closing member, e.g. for interlocking with staple
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/068—Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
- A61B17/072—Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously
- A61B17/07207—Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously the staples being applied sequentially
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/08—Wound clamps or clips, i.e. not or only partly penetrating the tissue ; Devices for bringing together the edges of a wound
- A61B17/083—Clips, e.g. resilient
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/12—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for ligaturing or otherwise compressing tubular parts of the body, e.g. blood vessels or umbilical cord
- A61B17/122—Clamps or clips, e.g. for the umbilical cord
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/068—Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
- A61B17/072—Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously
- A61B17/07292—Reinforcements for staple line, e.g. pledgets
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/11—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for performing anastomosis; Buttons for anastomosis
- A61B17/1114—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for performing anastomosis; Buttons for anastomosis of the digestive tract, e.g. bowels or oesophagus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/00234—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for minimally invasive surgery
- A61B2017/00292—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for minimally invasive surgery mounted on or guided by flexible, e.g. catheter-like, means
- A61B2017/003—Steerable
- A61B2017/00318—Steering mechanisms
- A61B2017/00323—Cables or rods
- A61B2017/00327—Cables or rods with actuating members moving in opposite directions
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B2017/00526—Methods of manufacturing
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B2017/00831—Material properties
- A61B2017/00853—Material properties low friction, hydrophobic and corrosion-resistant fluorocarbon resin coating (ptf, ptfe, polytetrafluoroethylene)
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/064—Surgical staples, i.e. penetrating the tissue
- A61B2017/0641—Surgical staples, i.e. penetrating the tissue having at least three legs as part of one single body
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/064—Surgical staples, i.e. penetrating the tissue
- A61B2017/0647—Surgical staples, i.e. penetrating the tissue having one single leg, e.g. tacks
- A61B2017/0648—Surgical staples, i.e. penetrating the tissue having one single leg, e.g. tacks threaded, e.g. tacks with a screw thread
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/064—Surgical staples, i.e. penetrating the tissue
- A61B2017/0649—Coils or spirals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/068—Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
- A61B17/072—Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously
- A61B2017/07214—Stapler heads
- A61B2017/07271—Stapler heads characterised by its cartridge
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/068—Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
- A61B17/072—Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously
- A61B2017/07214—Stapler heads
- A61B2017/07278—Stapler heads characterised by its sled or its staple holder
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/068—Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
- A61B17/072—Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously
- A61B2017/07214—Stapler heads
- A61B2017/07285—Stapler heads characterised by its cutter
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/28—Surgical forceps
- A61B17/29—Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
- A61B17/2909—Handles
- A61B2017/2912—Handles transmission of forces to actuating rod or piston
- A61B2017/2923—Toothed members, e.g. rack and pinion
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/28—Surgical forceps
- A61B17/29—Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
- A61B2017/2926—Details of heads or jaws
- A61B2017/2927—Details of heads or jaws the angular position of the head being adjustable with respect to the shaft
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/28—Surgical forceps
- A61B17/29—Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
- A61B2017/2926—Details of heads or jaws
- A61B2017/2932—Transmission of forces to jaw members
- A61B2017/2939—Details of linkages or pivot points
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates to devices, systems, tools, and/or methods useful for connecting, sealing, fastening, and/or attaching to itself or other tissue and/or non-tissue structures, and/or sealing the flow of fluid at and/or between structures such as tissue and vessel structures of a human or non-human mammal.
- RF and thermal energy sealers require the availability of a source of energy as well as high power requirements and can scorch or burn tissue due to overheating.
- Medical staplers and two-part fastener appliers must be accurately and precisely toleranced during manufacture and aligned during use in order to ensure proper engagement and functioning with respect to the tissue chosen for stapling.
- Medical staplers and two-part fastener appliers are also generally configured for certain tissue sizes and thicknesses and do not accommodate easily various tissue thicknesses.
- tissue sizes and thicknesses are also generally configured for certain tissue sizes and thicknesses and do not accommodate easily various tissue thicknesses.
- a surgical implant comprises a deployment member having a first base with a first tissue contacting surface. At least one fastener is disposed within the deployment member. A receiver member having a second base with a second tissue contacting surface facing the first tissue contacting surface of the deployment member. A retainer is embedded within the second base of the receiver member. The fastener is movable with respect to and penetrable through the deployment member, receiver member and any tissue located therebetween to engage the retainer, and wherein engagement of fastener and the retainer couples the deployment and receiver members together.
- a surgical implant comprises a base having a tissue contacting surface and a first thickness.
- a suspension having a second thickness extends from the base opposite to the tissue contacting surface.
- a fastener, movable with respect to the base, is coupled to the suspension to compress the suspension as the fastener is inserted into the base.
- the suspension is a resilient, compressible member configured as a tower.
- a surgical apparatus comprises a body and a shaft extending distally from the body.
- An end effector disposed at a distal end of the shaft includes a first jaw and a second jaw.
- the first jaw is receivable of a first portion of a surgical implant
- the second jaw is receivable of a second portion of a surgical implant.
- the first and second jaws are relatively movable with respect to one another between an open position wherein the first and second jaws are spaced apart and a closed position wherein the first and second jaws are proximate to one another.
- a driver for transitioning the first and second jaws to the closed position engages the first and second jaws, wherein moving the driver distally with respect to the first and second jaws compresses the first and second jaws with respect to one another.
- An actuator coupled to the driver transfers an actuation force to the driver to transition the first and second jaws to the closed position via tension.
- a surgical implant applicator comprises a main body and a shaft extending distally from the main body.
- First and second jaws are disposed at a distal end of the shaft are relatively movable with respect to one another.
- a driver is movably mounted to the first and second jaws for closing the jaws and deploying tissue fasteners of a surgical implant positionable within the first and second jaws.
- a trigger is operatively associated with the driver, wherein actuation of the trigger closes the jaws as well as advances the driver towards a distal end of the first and second jaws. Subsequent actuation of the trigger after the driver has reached the distal end of the first and second jaws induces movement of the driver towards a proximal end of the first and second jaws.
- the driver further comprises a blade positioned to engage and sever tissue as the driver is moved along the first and second jaws.
- the applicator further includes a safety mechanism comprising a user actuation rod.
- a safety mechanism comprising a user actuation rod. When oriented in a first safety position, the rod inhibits movement of the driver until the first and second jaws are closed.
- the rod is spring biased to assume the first position.
- the rod is locked in a second position to allow the driver advance from the proximal end to the distal end of the first and second jaws.
- the applicator further includes a drive mechanism operatively associated with the trigger, driver and safety mechanism.
- the drive mechanism comprises a flange having a shoulder that abuts the rod when the rod is oriented in the first position.
- the driver mechanism further includes two ratchet gears coupled to the trigger and positioned on opposite sides of the flange that induces rotation of the flange upon actuation of the trigger. Cables operatively associated with the ratchet gears and operatively associated with the driver and/or one of the first and second jaws transmit force between therebetween.
- the rod has a variable diameter along its length to selectively impede the rotation of flange.
- the applicator further comprises a quarter gear positioned between the two ratchet gears.
- a method for using a surgical implant applicator comprises the steps of actuating a trigger to (i) advance a driver towards a distal end of first and second jaws of the applicator and (ii) deploy tissue fasteners of a surgical implant positioned within the first and second jaws, wherein the driver is movably mounted to the first and second jaws.
- the method further involves subsequently actuating the trigger after the driver has reached the distal end of the first and second jaws to move the driver towards a proximal end of the first and second jaws.
- the method further involves orienting a rod of a safety mechanism in a first safety position to prevent movement of the driver until the first and second jaws are closed.
- the method further comprises positioning the rod in a second position to allow the driver advance from the proximal end to the distal end of the first and second jaws.
- the method further comprises actuating a blade along a slot of the first and second jaws and severing tissue as the driver is advanced towards a distal end of the first and second jaws.
- the blade is actuated after the tissue fasteners on opposite sides of the blade have been deployed and secure the tissue.
- the method further comprises severing a portion of the surgical implant upon actuation of the blade.
- the method further comprises compressing the surgical implant between the first and second jaws upon closure of the jaws and subsequently further compressing the surgical implant between the closed first and second jaws upon advancing the driver towards the distal end the jaws.
- a surgical implant including a fastener supporting member having a first surface. At least one fastener is supported by the fastener supporting member. A receiver member has a second surface facing the first surface of the fastener supporting member. A retainer is positioned within the receiver member. At least one fastener is deployable from the fastener supporting member toward the receiver member to engage the retainer within the receiver member. Engagement of the retainer by the at least one fastener couples the fastener supporting member and the receiver member together.
- a surgical implant including a fastener carrying member supporting a plurality of fasteners having penetrating tips, the fastener carrying member having a first tissue contacting surface.
- a receiver member has a second tissue contacting surface. The first and second tissue contacting surfaces positionable opposite each other so that tissue to receive the plurality of fasteners is positionable between the first and second tissue contacting surfaces. Deployment of the fasteners moves the penetrating tips of the fasteners through the fastener carrying member and through the tissue between the first and second tissue contacting surfaces and into the receiver member to couple the receiver member and fastener carrying member.
- a surgical implant including a fastener supporting member having a first surface. At least one fastener is supported by the fastener supporting member. At least one compressible member extends from the fastener supporting member. A receiver member has a second surface facing the first surface of the fastener supporting member. Deployment of the at least one fastener toward the receiver member compresses the at least one compressible member.
- a surgical implant including a fastener supporting member and a plurality of fasteners arranged along a longitudinally extending row substantially parallel to a longitudinal axis of the implant.
- a retainer is positioned in the fastener supporting member and having a plurality of openings. The plurality of fasteners are retained by engagement with the plurality of openings in the retainer.
- a plurality of compressible members is engageable by the plurality of fasteners, and the plurality of compressible members is compressed by the plurality of fasteners.
- a surgical implant configured to accommodate a range of tissue thicknesses, the implant including first and second fasteners and first and second compressible members.
- the first fastener is engageable with the first compressible member and the second fastener is engageable with the second compressible member.
- the first compressible member is compressible in accordance with a distance of advancement of the first fastener and the second compressible member is advanceable in accordance with a distance of advancement of the second fastener. The distances of advancement of the first and second fasteners are dependent on a tissue thickness through which the fasteners advance.
- a surgical implant including a fastener supporting member having a first surface.
- a plurality of fasteners is supported by the fastener supporting member.
- the plurality of fasteners has a penetrating tip and deployable in a first direction.
- a receiver member is configured to receive the plurality of fasteners.
- a plurality of counterforce members extend from the fastener supporting member to apply a counterforce on the plurality of fasteners when the plurality of fasteners have been deployed.
- the counterforce members apply a force against the plurality of fasteners in a second direction opposite a first direction of deployment of the plurality of fasteners.
- a surgical implant including an elongated body having a width and a length exceeding the width.
- the implant includes a receiver member and a plurality of fasteners supported on a fastener supporting member and arranged along a longitudinally extending row substantially parallel to a longitudinal axis of the implant.
- the plurality of fasteners is engaged with the receiver member, and the plurality of fasteners couples the fastener supporting member and the receiver member together and pull the receiver member toward the fastener supporting member after coupling the fastener supporting member and receiver member.
- a surgical method of sealing tissue including providing a fastener supporting member supporting a plurality of fasteners and having a plurality of compressible members.
- the method includes providing a receiver member and clamping tissue between a first surface on the fastener supporting member and a second surface on the receiver member.
- the plurality of fasteners is advanced into the receiver member, the plurality of fasteners compressing the compressible members in accordance with a distance of advancement of the fasteners, the distance relating to a thickness of tissue between the first and second surfaces.
- a surgical method of fastening parenchyma including providing a fastener supporting member supporting a plurality of fasteners and a receiver member to receive the plurality of fasteners when advanced from the fastener supporting member. Parenchyma is clamped between a first tissue receiving surface on the fastener supporting member and a second tissue receiving surface on the receiver member. The plurality of fasteners is advanced in a first direction into the receiver member to couple the fastener supporting member and the receiver member, wherein a counterforce is applied to each of the plurality of fasteners in a direction opposite to the first direction of advancement of the plurality of fasteners thereby accommodating for variations in tissue thickness.
- a surgical method of forming an anastomosis between a first structure and a second structure within a body of a patient including providing a fastener supporting member supporting a plurality of fasteners, providing the fastener supporting member in the first structure, and providing a receiver member.
- the receiver member is provided in the second structure.
- the plurality of fasteners is advanced through the fastener supporting member and into the receiver member to couple together the fastener supporting member and the receiver member.
- An end effector assembly of a surgical device including a first jaw and a second jaw. At least one of the first and second jaws is movable toward the other jaw to transition the first and second jaws between an open configuration and a closed configuration. The first jaw and the second jaw are arranged to receive tissue therebetween when in the open configuration and to clamp the tissue when in the closed configuration.
- a fastener supporting member is supported by the first jaw.
- a plurality of fasteners is supported by the fastener supporting member and a receiver member supported by the second jaw.
- a retainer is positioned in the second jaw.
- a drive assembly is movable with respect to the first jaw to deploy the plurality of fasteners toward the receiver member and into engagement with the retainer to couple together the fastener supporting member and the receiver member.
- An end effector assembly of a surgical device includes a first jaw and a second jaw. At least one of the first and second jaws is movable toward the other jaw to transition the first and second jaws between an open configuration and a closed configuration. The first jaw and the second jaw are arranged to receive tissue therebetween when in the open configuration and to clamp tissue when in the closed configuration.
- a fastener supporting member is supported by the first jaw.
- a plurality of fasteners is supported by the fastener supporting member.
- a plurality of compressible members is supported by the first jaw and engageable by the fasteners.
- a receiver member is supported by the second jaw.
- a drive assembly is movable with respect to the first jaw to deploy the plurality of fasteners toward the receiver member. The plurality of fasteners compress the plurality of compressible members in accordance with a thickness of tissue clamped between the first and second jaws.
- An end effector assembly of a surgical device including a first jaw having a first engagement surface and second jaw having a second engagement surface. At least one of the first and second jaws is movable toward the other jaw to transition the first and second jaws between an open configuration and a closed configuration. The first jaw and the second jaw are arranged to receive tissue therebetween when in the open configuration and to clamp tissue when in the closed configuration.
- a fastener supporting member is supported by the first jaw, a plurality of fasteners is supported by the fastener supporting member, and a receiver member supported by the second jaw.
- a drive assembly is movable with respect to the first jaw to advance the plurality of fasteners in a first direction toward the receiver member against a counterforce applied to the plurality of fasteners. The plurality of fasteners is engageable with the receiver member and the counterforce applying a force to the plurality of fasteners in a second direction opposite the first direction when the plurality of fasteners are engaged with the receiver member.
- a surgical device including a handle portion at a proximal portion of the device. An elongated portion extends distally from the handle portion. A first jaw and a second jaw are at the distal portion of the device. A fastener supporting member of a surgical implant is supported in the first jaw, the fastener supporting member supporting a plurality of surgical fasteners. A fastener receiver member of the surgical implant is supported in the second jaw. A drive assembly is actuable from the handle portion to advance the plurality of fasteners.
- the plurality of fasteners is advanced in a first direction toward the receiver member and engageable therewith to couple the fastener supporting member and receiver member and to exert a force to pull the receiver member toward the fastener supporting member after engagement of the plurality fasteners with the receiver member.
- a surgical device including a handle portion at a proximal portion of the device. An elongated portion extends distally from the handle portion. A first jaw and a second jaw are at a distal portion of the device. A fastener supporting member of a surgical implant is supported in the first jaw, the fastener supporting member supporting a plurality of fasteners. A fastener receiver member of the surgical implant is supported in the second jaw. A plurality of compressible members interact with the plurality of fasteners. The plurality of compressible members has a first position prior to advancement of the plurality of fasteners and a second position subsequent to advancement of the plurality of fasteners. A drive assembly is actuable from the handle portion to sequentially advance the plurality of fasteners against the plurality of compressible members. The plurality of fasteners moves at least some of the plurality of compressible members to the second position.
- a surgical device includes a handle portion at a proximal portion of the device. An elongated portion extends distally from the handle portion. A first jaw and a second jaw are at the distal portion of the device. A fastener supporting member of a surgical implant is supported in the first jaw. A plurality of fasteners is supported by the fastener supporting member, and a fastener receiver member of the surgical implant is supported in the second jaw. A retainer is included, and a drive assembly that is actuable from the handle portion to advance the plurality of fasteners toward and into engagement with the retainer. The plurality of fasteners is engageable with the retainer to couple the fastener supporting member and receiver member.
- a surgical device includes a handle portion at a proximal portion of the device and including an actuator. An elongated portion extends distally from the handle portion. A first jaw and a second jaw are at the distal portion of the device. At least one of the first jaw and the second jaw is movable to transition the first and second jaws between an open position and a closed position. The first jaw and the second jaw are arranged to receive tissue therebetween when in the open position and to clamp tissue when in the closed position. A plurality of fasteners is supported by the first jaw.
- a drive assembly is operably connected to the actuator and actuable by the actuator to deploy the plurality of fasteners from the first jaw toward the second jaw.
- the drive assembly includes a drive member movable with respect to the first jaw. The drive member is movable in a first direction to deploy the plurality of fasteners and movable in a second direction opposite the first direction after movement in the first direction to further deploy at least one of the plurality of fasteners.
- a surgical device includes a handle portion at a proximal portion of the device.
- the handle portion includes a movable handle member and an elongated portion extends distally from the handle portion.
- a first jaw and a second jaw are at the distal portion of the device. At least one of the first jaw and the second jaw is movable to transition the first and second jaws between an open position and a closed position. The first jaw and the second jaw are arranged to receive tissue therebetween when in the open position and to clamp tissue when in the closed position.
- a plurality of fasteners is supported by the first jaw.
- First and second rotatable spools are included for moving a drive member.
- a first gear is operably connected to the handle member and operably connected to at least one of the first and second rotatable spools. Movement of the handle member rotates the first gear which rotates at least one of the first and second rotatable spools to move a drive member to advance the plurality of fasteners into tissue.
- a surgical device for applying fasteners including a handle portion at a proximal portion of the device and including an actuator. An elongated portion extends distally from the handle portion. A first jaw and a second jaw are at the distal portion of the device. At least one of the first jaw and the second jaw is movable to transition the first and second jaws between an open position and a closed position. The first jaw and the second jaw are arranged to receive tissue therebetween when in the open position and to clamp tissue when in the closed position. A plurality of fasteners is supported by the first jaw.
- a drive assembly is operably connected to the actuator and actuable by the actuator to deploy the plurality of fasteners from the first jaw toward the second jaw.
- the drive assembly includes a first tensioning member, a second tensioning member and a pulley. The first tensioning member interacts with the pulley to effect advancement of the plurality of fasteners toward the second jaw.
- FIG. 1 is a perspective view of an implant according to an example embodiment
- FIG. 2 is a perspective view of the opposite side of the implant illustrated in FIG. 1 ;
- FIG. 3 is a sectional exploded view of a segment of an implant such as the implant of FIG. 1 , according to a sample embodiment
- FIG. 4 is a side elevation view of the exploded section shown in FIG. 3 ;
- FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the exploded section shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 ;
- FIG. 6 is a perspective view of the exploded section shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 , showing the underside of the perspective shown in FIG. 5 ;
- FIG. 7A is a view perspective view of a retainer of the implant of FIG. 1 , according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
- FIG. 7B is an overhead view of a retainer according to an example embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 8 is a partial view of a tip portion of a fastener of the implant of FIG. 1 , according to an example embodiment of the present disclosure
- FIG. 9 is a perspective view of a section of the implant of FIG. 1 engaging a relatively thin structure
- FIG. 10A is a side view of the implant of FIG. 9 engaging the relatively thin structure.
- FIG. 10B is another side view of the implant of FIG. 9 engaging the relatively thin structure.
- FIG. 10C is another side view of the implant of FIG. 9 showing the implant engaging the relatively thin structure, with barbs catching or otherwise engaging a retainer.
- FIG. 11 is a perspective view showing the tips of the legs of the implant illustrated in FIG. 9 catching on or otherwise engaging the retainer, with portions of the implant removed, the view rotated with respect to the orientation of FIG. 9 ;
- FIG. 12 is a perspective view of a section of the implant of FIG. 1 engaging a relatively thick structure
- FIG. 13A is a side view of the implant of FIG. 9 engaging the relatively thick structure.
- FIG. 13B is another side view of the implant of FIG. 9 engaging the relatively thin structure.
- FIG. 13C is another side view of the implant of FIG. 9 showing the implant engaging the relatively thick structure, with barbs catching or otherwise engaging a retainer.
- FIG. 14 is a perspective view showing the tips of the legs of the implant illustrated in FIG. 9 catching on or otherwise engaging the retainer, with portions of the implant removed, the view rotated with respect to the orientation of FIG. 9 ;
- FIG. 15 shows a perspective view of a fastener according to an example alternative embodiment
- FIG. 16A shows a top view of the section of an implant according to an example embodiment
- FIG. 16B shows a sectional view taken through section line 64 of FIG. 16A .
- FIG. 17A shows a tower of the implant under compression, according to an example embodiment
- FIG. 17B shows a photo similar to the embodiment of FIG. 17B ;
- FIG. 18 shows a top view of an implant according to an example embodiment, showing the implant configured in a curved array such as a circular array;
- FIG. 19 shows a top view of an implant according to an example embodiment, showing the implant configured in an arcuate or curved array, such as a partial circular array;
- FIGS. 20 through 26 show perspective views of various retainer constructions, according to various example embodiments.
- FIG. 27 shows a perspective view of an implant placed about a tissue or vessel structure according to an example embodiment
- FIG. 28 shows an alternative perspective view of the implant shown in FIG. 27 , the orientation rotated with respect to the orientation of FIG. 27 ;
- FIG. 29 shows a cross-sectional view of the implant taken about section line 29 - 29 in FIG. 27 ;
- FIG. 29 shows a cross-sectional view of the implant taken about section line 29 - 29 in FIG. 27 ;
- FIG. 30A shows a cross-sectional view of the implant taken about section line 30 A- 30 A in FIG. 27 ;
- FIG. 30B shows a cross-sectional view of the implant taken about section line 30 B- 30 B in FIG. 27 ;
- FIG. 31 shows a cross-sectional view of the implant taken about section line 31 - 31 in FIG. 27 ;
- FIG. 32 shows a perspective view of an implant placed about a tissue or vessel structure according to an example embodiment
- FIG. 33 shows a perspective view of an implant placed about a tissue or vessel structure according to an example embodiment
- FIG. 34 schematically illustrates a side-to-side connection for an anastomosis formed by an implant according to one embodiment disclosed herein;
- FIG. 35 is an enlarged view of the area indicated in FIG. 34 ;
- FIG. 36 shows an elevation view of a flat-formed fastener of the implant according to an example embodiment
- FIG. 37 shows a perspective view of the fastener of FIG. 36 ;
- FIG. 38 shows a perspective view of a fastener according to an example embodiment, wherein the fastener is essentially the fastener of FIG. 36 in a bent configuration;
- FIG. 39 shows a top view of the fastener of FIG. 38 ;
- FIG. 40 shows a side view of the fastener of FIG. 38 ;
- FIG. 41 shows a sectional view taken about section line 41 - 41 of FIG. 38 ;
- FIG. 42 shows a sectional view taken about section line 42 - 42 of FIG. 38 ;
- FIG. 43 shows a top view of a strip of formed fasteners according to an example embodiment
- FIG. 44 shows a detail view taken about border 150 of FIG. 43 ;
- FIG. 45 shows a schematic sectional elevation view of a fastener system according to an example embodiment
- FIG. 46 shows a schematic sectional elevation view of a fastener system according to an example embodiment
- FIG. 47 shows a schematic sectional elevation view of a fastener system according to an example embodiment
- FIG. 48A shows a side elevation of an example embodiment of a fastener having a corkscrew-like configuration according to one embodiment disclosed herein;
- FIG. 48B shows a side elevation of an example embodiment of a fastener having a screw-like configuration according to one embodiment disclosed herein;
- FIG. 49 shows an elevation view of an example embodiment
- FIG. 50 is an isometric view of a system having an implant and an applicator, according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
- FIG. 51A is an isometric view of the system of FIG. 50 having a portion of a housing removed to illustrate components of a driving assembly in an initial position, the applicator jaws shown in open configuration;
- FIG. 51B is a side view of the system shown in FIG. 51A ;
- FIG. 51C is a detail view of that portion of FIG. 51A within circular border C of FIG. 51A ;
- FIG. 51D is a partial side view of the system of FIG. 51A ;
- FIG. 52A is an isometric view of the system of FIG. 50 , showing jaws having been rotated and articulated;
- FIG. 52B is a side view of the system shown in FIG. 52A ;
- FIG. 52C is a detail view of that portion of FIG. 52A within circular border C of FIG. 52A ;
- FIG. 52D is a cross-sectional view of the positioning assembly of FIG. 52A ;
- FIG. 53A is a perspective view of a lower jaw and a joint of the system of FIG. 50 ;
- FIG. 53B is a view of a bottom of the lower jaw of FIG. 53A ;
- FIG. 54A is a perspective view of a set of jaws of the applicator of the system of FIG. 50 in an open configuration
- FIG. 54B is a partial, enlarged view of a proximal portion of the stationary jaw of FIG. 54A ;
- FIG. 54C is a partial, enlarged view of a proximal portion of the stationary jaw of FIG. 54A ;
- FIG. 55A is a partial, enlarged view of a distal portion of the jaw of FIG. 54A ;
- FIG. 55B is a perspective view of the jaws of FIG. 54A in a closed configuration
- FIG. 55C is a detail view of the portion of FIG. 55B within the circular border C of FIG. 55B ;
- FIG. 56A is a side view of the jaws of FIG. 54 a;
- FIG. 56B is a cross-sectional view of the jaws taken generally along sectional line B-B of FIG. 56A ;
- FIG. 57A is a perspective view of a driving mechanism for the applicator of FIG. 50 according to an embodiment disclosed herein;
- FIG. 57B is a perspective view of a trigger and a pair of ratchet assemblies for the applicator of FIG. 50 according to an embodiment disclosed herein;
- FIG. 57C is an enlarged view of the portion of FIG. 57A within the circle C;
- FIG. 57D is a side view of an internal portion of a housing of the applicator of FIG. 50 ;
- FIG. 57E is a partial, cross-sectional view taken though the housing and a portion of the driving mechanism of the applicator of FIG. 50 ;
- FIG. 58A is an isometric view of the system of FIG. 50 having a portion of a housing removed to illustrate components of a driving assembly; the applicator shown in an intermediate position to move the jaws to the closed configuration;
- FIG. 58B is a side view of the system shown in FIG. 58A ;
- FIG. 58C is a detail view of the portion of FIG. 58A within circular border C of FIG. 58A ;
- FIG. 58D is a partial side view of the system of FIG. 58A ;
- FIG. 59A is an isometric view of the system of FIG. 50 having a portion of a housing removed to illustrate components of a driving assembly, the applicator shown in the fully actuated position to advance the fasteners from the jaws;
- FIG. 59B is a side view of the system shown in FIG. 59A ;
- FIG. 59C is a detail view of the portion of FIG. 59A within circular border C of FIG. 59A ;
- FIG. 59D is a partial side view of the system of FIG. 59A ;
- FIG. 60A is an isometric view of the system of FIG. 50 having a portion of a housing removed to illustrate components of a driving assembly;
- FIG. 60B is a side view of the system shown in FIG. 60A ;
- FIG. 60C is an enlarged view of the portion of FIG. 60A within circle C;
- FIG. 60D is a partial side view of the system of FIG. 60A ;
- FIG. 61A is a perspective view of a loading assembly for the jaws of the applicator of FIG. 50 ;
- FIG. 61B is a bottom view of the loading assembly of FIG. 61A ;
- FIG. 61C is a cross-section of the loading assembly of FIG. 61B taken generally along line C-C;
- FIG. 62A is a perspective view illustrating two implants being installed by the jaws of the applicator of FIG. 50 in a head-to-tail arrangement
- FIG. 62B is a perspective side view illustrating an angled gap for assisting in the head-to-tail arrangement of FIG. 62A ;
- FIG. 62C is a perspective view of the jaws of FIG. 50 in an open configuration
- FIG. 62D is an enlarged view of the portion of FIG. 62D within circle D;
- FIGS. 63A-63E schematically illustrate a method of installing two implants in a head-to-tail arrangement
- FIG. 64 is a perspective view of an implant according to an alternate embodiment installed on a representative tissue structure
- FIG. 65 is an enlarged view of a pin/fastener of the implant of FIG. 64 extending through the representative tissue structure;
- FIG. 66 is an enlarged perspective view of a portion of the implant of FIG. 64 , showing the fastener extending into the receiver;
- FIG. 67 is a perspective view of a fastener of the implant according to an embodiment disclosed herein;
- FIG. 68 is a perspective view of a fastener according to one embodiment disclosed herein;
- FIG. 69 is a perspective view of a surgical instrument having a set of jaws in an open configuration for positioning the implant of FIG. 64 with respect to the representative tissue structure;
- FIG. 70 is a perspective view of the instrument of FIG. 69 with the jaws in a closed position
- FIG. 71 is a perspective view of a proximal end of the jaws of FIG. 69 showing a driver for applying the implant to the tissue structure;
- FIG. 72 is a perspective view of a distal end of the jaws of FIG. 70 after the driver of FIG. 71 has actuated the implant;
- FIG. 73 is a perspective view of a pair of the implants of FIG. 64 installed on the representative tissue sample with a cut made between the implants;
- FIG. 74 is a perspective view of the representative tissue structure of FIG. 73 after the cut is made and one half of the tissue structure is removed;
- FIG. 75 is a perspective view of the implant of FIG. 64 installed on a smaller tissue structure and with the ends of the implant cropped;
- FIG. 76 is an end view illustrating a minimal profile of the instrument of FIG. 69 with the implant of FIG. 64 ;
- FIG. 77 is a perspective view of an implant according to one embodiment having a first half or member connected to a second half or member via a hinge.
- the words “upper,” “lower,” “right,” “left,” “vertical,” “horizontal,” “top,” “bottom,” “lateral,” “longitudinal,” “axial,” and like terms, if used, shall relate to the apparatus and/or implant, as it is oriented in the drawing figures.
- the terms “proximal” and “distal” are in reference to a user that uses the tool to deploy the implant, typically towards a portion of a patient's anatomy.
- the term “distal” shall for instance mean situated away from the user, while the term “proximal” shall mean situated more towards the user.
- the phrases “installing/installed on”, “installing/installed about”, “installing/installed through”, and other similar phrases are generally intended to be interchangeable and refer to an implant being used to secure, connect, seal, clamp, compress, and/or fasten various tissue and non-tissue structures, including those internal to a mammalian body cavity as well as those external (e.g., postpartum umbilical cord).
- the term “surgical structure” as used herein refers to any tissue or non-tissue structure on which an implant is, is to be, or is intended or desired to be secured.
- ventrum refers to the side of a component (e.g., part of an implant or a tool for installing an implant) that generally faces toward, or abuts, the surgical structure. “Ventrally” likewise refers to the direction generally toward the surgical structure. Oppositely, the terms “dorsum” and “dorsal side” refer to the side opposite from the ventrum, i.e., the side generally facing away from the surgical structure. Likewise, “dorsally” refers to the direction generally away from the surgical structure.
- the implant 10 is shown to be elongate such that its length exceeds its width, and in the present example is illustrated to include two halves or parts configured to be brought together.
- one of the halves is a receiver member 12 and the other is a deployment (or fastener retaining) member 14 .
- features of either of the receiver member 12 and the deployment member 14 can be included instead of the other.
- each half may include both receiver members 12 and deployment members 14 .
- the halves are connected in at least one location, either directly or indirectly prior to use and/or activation, while in other embodiments the halves are not connected prior to use and/or activation.
- the members 12 and 14 are to be positioned on opposite sides of one or more surgical structures such as tissue, a non-tissue structure, or a tissue structure in combination with a non-tissue structure.
- the members 12 and 14 are then secured together in order to clamp or compress the surgical structure(s) therebetween.
- tissue such as tissue, a non-tissue structure, or a tissue structure in combination with a non-tissue structure.
- the members 12 and 14 are then secured together in order to clamp or compress the surgical structure(s) therebetween.
- tissue tissue between the members 12 and 14 and holding the tissue in this clamped or compressed state
- fluid flow through the tissue or tissue-to-tissue interface can be sealed.
- various tissue and/or non-tissue structures may be secured together by the implant 10 , with or without the aforementioned sealing.
- tissue structures include, but are not limited to, blood vessels such as the aorta, superior vena cava, inferior vena cava, lobar vessels, the renal artery, organ parenchyma including pulmonary parenchyma, bronchii, lobar bronchi, trachea, atrial appendages, gastrointestinal structures, colon, spleen, liver tissue, etc.
- the implant 10 can be useful for establishing hemostasis, pneumostasis, or to seal off the flow of other fluids through various other tissue structures within a patient, as well as to connect these tissues and other tissue and non-tissue structures together with or without fluid sealing.
- non-tissue structures include PTFE, ePTFE, grafts, stents, textile weaves, braids, and knits, meshes, plugs, gastrointestinal sleeves, etc.
- the structures may be either the same (e.g., vessel tissue to vessel tissue, bronchii tissue to bronchii tissue, non-tissue to non-tissue, etc.) or different (e.g., bronchii tissue to non-bronchii tissue (including for instance PTFE), gastrointestinal tissue to non-gastrointestinal tissue or structures such as textile or PTFE sleeves, etc.).
- the receiver member 12 includes a receiver base 16 having a surgical structure contacting surface 18 located at one side thereof, which may be referred to herein as its ventrum or ventral side.
- the receiver member 12 is formed of an essentially repeating pattern of segments 20 , with each of the segments 20 including a shield or roof 22 extending dorsally from a portion of the receiver base 16 in proximity to each of the shields 22 .
- the deployment member 14 includes a base 24 having a surgical structure contacting surface 26 along its ventrum. Contained within the base 16 is a retainer discussed in more detail below.
- the surgical structure contacting surfaces 18 and 26 are generally arranged to face each other and to be contacted against opposite sides of a surgical structure or multiple adjacent surgical structures in order to clamp, secure or compress the structure therebetween and provided the aforementioned sealing, securing, and/or fastening functions of the implant 10 .
- the deployment member 14 is formed from a plurality of segments 28 , which correspondingly repeat with respect to the segments 20 along the length of the implant 10 .
- Each of the segments 28 is shown to include a resilient and/or compressible member, suspension, spring, or biasing element, represented generally as a tower 30 extending dorsally from the base 24 and a clip, anchor, or fastener 32 disposed with each of the towers 30 .
- the segments 20 and 28 are preferably arranged in pairs, with each pair of segments 20 and 28 forming a fastener subassembly 34 . It is to be appreciated that any number of the subassemblies 34 can be repeated in either patterns or randomized series in order to form the implant 10 in a variety of differently sizes and/or shapes to accommodate a variety of different tissue types, geometries, sizes, and shapes.
- the number of the subassemblies 34 can be increased or decreased in order to change the length of the implant 10 .
- an implant may be formed as a single one of the subassemblies 34 and used for tacking or securing surgical structures together.
- an implant includes a single one of the subassemblies 34 and is used for tacking a hernia mesh to an underlying muscle tissue structure.
- any excess ones of the subassemblies 34 i.e., those that do not have any tissue positioned between the members 12 and 14
- the aforementioned approach can be used, for example, to limit the amount of excess material left within a patient after a surgical procedure.
- multiples of the implant 10 can be installed sequentially, e.g., in a head-to-tail or tail-to-head sequence.
- the implants 10 may be installed in this sequential or head-to-tail arrangement during a lung resection procedure, which may require both a relatively long and non-linear section of tissue to be sealed.
- the subassemblies 34 in the illustrated embodiment as shown for example in FIGS. 1-2 are arranged in two substantially identical and parallel rows 35 a and 35 b (collectively, “the rows 35 ”), connected by a bridge 37 .
- the rows 35 form a channel, guide, or pathway in order to facilitate the cutting of the surgical structure located between the rows 35 after installation of the implant 10 , as discussed in more detail below.
- One row e.g., FIG. 33
- more than two rows are both additionally contemplated in various embodiments.
- the fasteners 32 each include a pair of shanks, pins, or legs 36 extending from base or body 38 that straddle their corresponding towers 30 and extend ventrally from a body 38 of the fasteners 32 .
- Each of the legs 36 may terminate in a tip 40 that is configured to pierce through whatever surgical structure is located between the receiver and deployment portions 12 and 14 , including but not limited to human tissue. Initially, the tips 40 may be embedded completely within the base 24 , or protrude partially out through the surgical structure contacting surface 26 of the base 24 .
- the legs 36 may have a barbed or hooked region located at or proximally with respect to the tip 40 .
- each of the tips 40 includes two hooks or barbs 42 a and 42 b (collectively, “the barbs 42 ”), positioned on opposite sides of the leg 36 .
- the barbs 42 are offset from each other along the length of the legs 36 , e.g., with the barb 42 a being located further along the length (further from the base or body 38 ) of each leg 36 than the barb 42 b .
- the barbs can be aligned rather than offset.
- one of the fasteners 32 may be formed with only a single leg, or more than two legs, which extend from the body 38 .
- one of the legs 36 may include a single barb or hook 42 , or more than two such barbs or hooks positioned at various locations along the length of their corresponding legs 36 .
- the legs 36 are shown extending substantially perpendicular from the base but alternatively can extend at acute or obtuse angles from the base 38 .
- the fasteners 32 are driven or actuated toward the towers 30 against a reactionary resilient force exerted by the towers 30 . Forces applied to the fastener 32 therefore compress the towers 30 toward the base 24 or deployment member 14 . Actuation of the fasteners results in the tips 40 of the fasteners 32 being driven out from the base 24 of the deployment member 14 , through any surgical structure on which the implant 10 is installed, and into the receiver base 16 of the receiver member 12 .
- the receiver base 16 may include a retainer 44 disposed therewith, e.g., disposed on and/or embedded therein as shown throughout the Figures.
- FIGS. 7A and 7B A representative portion of the retainer 44 (with the bases 16 and 24 removed for clarity) according to one embodiment is shown schematically in FIGS. 7A and 7B , of which FIG. 7B clarifies a retainer embodiment fabricated in an interlaced manner.
- the fasteners 32 may be driven with sufficient force to compress the towers 30 and any structures between the structure contacting surfaces 18 and 26 of the members 12 and 14 , to the point at which the tips 40 pass through or by the retainer 44 .
- the retainer 44 is arranged with respect to the tips 40 to enable the barbs 42 to move relative to the retainer 44 in one direction, i.e., the actuation direction for the tips 40 (which is initially towards the ventrum, i.e., the ventral direction with respect to the deployment member), but becomes the dorsal direction (with respect to the receiving member) after the tips 40 have passed through the surgical structure), but for one or more of the barbs 42 to engage with, catch, and/or otherwise grab the retainer 44 to prevent or limit movement thereof in the opposite direction.
- the actuation direction for the tips 40 which is initially towards the ventrum, i.e., the ventral direction with respect to the deployment member
- the dorsal direction with respect to the receiving member
- the base 24 can also include a retainer embedded therein, e.g., in order to help strengthen, or add stiffness and/or rigidity to the member 14 as well as to retain the fasteners 32 in their initial, unfired configuration via similar engagement with the barbs 42 .
- a retainer supported/positioned in base 14 can be the same as the retainer 44 , or its variants, described herein.
- the tips 40 may protrude through the opposite (i.e., dorsal) side of the base 16 from the surgical structure contacting (i.e., ventrally located) surface 18 when engaged with the retainer 44 .
- one or more shields 22 each having one or more cavities or pockets 45 that receive the tip(s) 40 when the tips 40 are so protruding, are generally aligned with the legs 36 of the fasteners 32 .
- the shields 22 can provide protection from the tips 40 , e.g., protection to shield from inadvertent contact of the tips 40 by a medical professional or other tissue structures within the patient if the implant 10 is to be left inside of the patient.
- the shields 22 do not include the pockets 45 , such that the tips 30 are completely surrounded by and embedded within the shields 22 .
- the clip retainer 44 includes longitudinal or lengthwise strands 46 a and transverse or widthwise strands 46 b (collectively “the strands 46 ”) with a plurality of interstices 48 formed therebetween.
- the strands 46 generally represent any wire, bar, cord, slat, strut, spoke, fiber, thread, tine, filament, cable, or other elongated element.
- the retainer 44 is a woven, knitted, or braided mesh, or other grid-like structure.
- the strands 46 are arranged in a random or irregular pattern, such as a felt, or a non-woven pattern, such as TYVEK brand material made commercial available by DuPont.
- the strands 46 a may be separate from each other and/or separate from the strands 46 b .
- the strands 46 may be integrally formed, fused, or affixed together. It is further understood that in some embodiments, strands can exist in a first direction only.
- the first direction in some embodiments may be generally along the lengthwise (i.e., longitudinal) direction of the implant 10 , and in other embodiments it may be the transverse direction along the width. In embodiments in which the length of the implant 10 is significantly larger than its width, similar to the illustrated embodiments of FIG.
- the barbs 42 may be aligned to catch and engage with the longitudinal strands 46 a , as these strands share a greater contact area with the material of the bases 16 and/or 24 than the transverse strands 46 b , and thus are more likely have a sufficient degree of interference or friction with the bases to withstand the relatively high loading that may be required for some surgical structures, e.g., particularly thick structures, without damage to the implant 10 or loss of function.
- Other embodiments are contemplated wherein additional features are included with the strands such as anchors to enhance the interference or friction with the bases.
- the towers 30 are integral to or unitary with the base 24 , while it is contemplated in other embodiments that towers may be formed separately from the base.
- the towers 30 are configured with a structural shape and of a material that allows for a suitable degree of compressibility, such that when force is exerted on the towers 30 towards the base 24 (i.e., ventrally) by the base 38 of the fasteners 32 , either directly or indirectly, the strain of the towers 30 is more than any strain encountered by the base 24 .
- the towers 30 may be formed of a resilient material, such that upon removing the actuation force from the fasteners 32 , the towers 30 attempt to revert back to their original shapes and exert a corresponding tensile force on the fasteners 32 in a direction opposite to actuation.
- the towers 30 function similarly to compression springs, and in fact, may be replaced or supplemented by such springs (e.g., see FIG. 49 ) or other resilient elements in various embodiments.
- the towers 30 may each be configured as a resilient, flexible plug made from an elastomeric material, such as silicone rubber, that protrudes upward from base 24 .
- the plug can be formed as a protrusion having any desired geometric configuration, including but not limited to a cylindrical, rectangular or dome structure.
- the towers 30 can each be operatively associated with one of the fasteners 32 so as to upwardly, or dorsally, bias the fastener 32 relative to the base 24 .
- the resilient force exerted by the towers 30 on the bodies/bases 38 of the fasteners 32 causes one or more of the barbs 42 , having been driven through the retainer 44 during actuation, to engage and grab one or more of the strands 46 of the retainer 44 .
- towers are in one embodiment substantially cylindrical and have a height exceeding its width. Other configurations contemplated with circular, oval, rectangular and other cross-sections configurations are contemplated. Additionally, the composition or configuration of the towers can be varied to vary the force applied to the fasteners. Additionally, within each implant, towers of varying force can be provided (e.g., different towers having different force magnitudes and/or profiles per given strain or compression).
- the fastener 32 and its related components can be arranged with a variety of dimensions to allow for the system to function appropriately.
- the maximum amount of strain allowed for a tower in addition to the strain of each of the bases when compressed may be larger than or equal to the sum of (i) the amount of distance the barbs must travel to reach the tissue contact surface of the deployment member, (ii) the thickness of the compressed surgical structure, and (iii) the amount of distance the barbs must pass through the receiver member 12 in order to extend through the structure positioned between the halves of the implant 10 and latch onto the retainer member 44 .
- the resiliency and/or spring-like nature of the towers 30 provides for suitable tension to be maintained between the halves of the implant (e.g., the members 12 and 14 ) to suitably handle variable pressure fluctuations that may lead to a burst condition within the structure being secured or sealed by the implant 10 .
- the implant 10 is installed on a structure to provide fluid sealing, and the seal produced therefrom experiences a pressure spike, e.g., due to the patient coughing following a lung resection procedure with the implant 10 , or some other event, the towers 30 are not sufficiently elastic to allow for strain, and will thus flex and/or compress to assist in absorbing excess forces. This helps to accommodate the spike in the pressure without damaging the implant 10 .
- the forces exerted by the towers 30 on the fasteners 32 which is communicated to the surgical structure via the fasteners 32 engaging the retainer 44 in the member 12 and pulling the members 12 and 14 toward each other, can be set in a range sufficiently high to promote sealing and/or closure, while not being so high as to cause necrosis of tissue on which the implant 10 is installed.
- the forces exerted by the towers 30 on the fasteners 32 causes the pressure exerted on surgical structures by the members 12 and 14 at the tissue contacting surfaces 18 and 26 to be in the range of about 3 g/mm 2 to 25 g/mm 2 , or more preferably in the range of about 5 g/mm 2 to about 15 g/mm 2 , although other ranges can also be utilized if desired.
- tissue types e.g., bronchii
- larger pressures e.g., 10 g/mm 2 and greater
- other tissue types e.g., blood vessels
- smaller pressures e.g., between about 5 g/mm 2 and 7 g/mm 2
- the spring constant, resiliency, stiffness, and/or rigidity of the towers 30 can be set to variably alter the force exerted by the towers 30 depending on the amount the towers 30 are compressed.
- setting the variable force exerted by the towers 30 can be useful, e.g., for setting a first, relatively lower pressure at relatively small thicknesses for smaller and/or more delicate structures, such as blood vessels (e.g., 5 g/mm 2 and 7 g/mm 2 ), and a second, relatively greater pressure at relatively large thicknesses for larger and/or more robust structures, such as bronchii (e.g., 10 g/mm 2 or greater).
- the implant 10 is able to accommodate a range of surgical structure thicknesses approximately equal to the compressible height of the towers 30 (e.g., the distance between the initial height h 1 as shown for example in FIG. 3 and the fully compressed height h 3 as shown in FIG. 13A ).
- the towers 30 have an compressible height (e.g., the distance between the initial height h 1 and the fully compressed height h 3 ), of approximately 0.1′′ (2.54 mm), and with this single geometry are capable of accommodating a corresponding approximately 2.5 mm surgical structure thickness range (the surgical structure thickness determined after compression by any jaws or other components of a device for installing the implant 10 , e.g., those applicators described herein).
- an compressible height e.g., the distance between the initial height h 1 and the fully compressed height h 3
- this single geometry are capable of accommodating a corresponding approximately 2.5 mm surgical structure thickness range (the surgical structure thickness determined after compression by any jaws or other components of a device for installing the implant 10 , e.g., those applicators described herein).
- the 0.1′′ compressible height towers may be capable of sealing/closing the implant 10 (that is, latching onto the retainer 44 in the receiving member 12 ) when there is no structure between the members 12 and 14 , i.e., a thickness of zero; or a surgical structure having a thickness of approximately 2.5 mm; or any structure having a thickness in the range between zero and 2.5 mm.
- staplers require multiple different staple sizes to handle different tissue thicknesses. Some manufacturers color code their staples depending on size in order to assist in a medical professional determining the correct staple to use, depending on the thickness of the tissue to be sealed or closed, for each specific procedure. That is, each of these staple sizes, e.g.
- color coded staple sizes is configured to accommodate a very specific tissue size or very small range of tissue sizes, e.g., a range of only about 0.25 mm or less.
- known staples are essentially fixed thickness devices, while the implant 10 and other implants disclosed herein are variable thickness devices.
- the length of the legs 36 of the fasteners 32 helps to set the start and end points for the range.
- the length of the legs 36 between the body or base 38 and the tips 42 can be set to be approximately equal to, and/or slightly shorter than the initial height of the tower 30 , such as in the illustrated embodiment. In this way, the tips 42 will be able to slightly compress the towers 30 and thus catch, latch, or grab the retainer 44 in the member 12 even if there is no tissue or other surgical structures located between the members 12 and 14 .
- setting the compressible height, e.g., h 1 , of the towers 30 to the aforementioned 2.5 mm will set the 2.5 mm range to span between 0 (no surgical structure) and 2.5 mm.
- increasing the length of the legs 36 by “x” units of distance In this embodiment, if there is no tissue positioned between the members 12 and 14 , the tips 42 would protrude through and extend past the retainer 44 by a distance approximately equal to “x” without compressing the towers 30 (and without compression, the tips 42 would not be pulled against the retainer 44 for maintaining the members 12 and 14 of the implant closed or secured together).
- Suitable compression of the towers 30 to engage the tips 42 with the retainer 44 would not occur in this embodiment until the thickness between the members 12 and 14 is increased in an amount equal to “x”. That is, increasing the length of the legs 36 by “x” distance will shift the start and end points of the range by this distance “x”, but while maintaining the same magnitude for the range. For example, if the compressible height of the towers 30 is again about 0.1′′ (thereby enabling the implant to accommodate a 2.5 mm range), and the amount “x” is about 1 mm, then the implant in this embodiment would seal from about 1 mm to 3.5 mm (i.e., the range still having a magnitude of 2.5 mm, but shifted up by 1 mm due to the increase in length of the legs 36 ).
- both the magnitude of the range and the starting/ending points of the range can be selected as desired and/or required for various procedures.
- the compressible tower height of approximately 0.1′′ is one example only and that other heights may be selected. Further, the tower height may be selected such that the implant 10 , with an accompanying applicator device (e.g., such as those discussed below), are together capable of fitting within a desired cannula size, e.g., a 12 mm port suitable for minimally invasive procedures. In other embodiments, the height of the towers 30 may be increased or decreased to change the magnitude of the range, thereby creating variable ranges of thicknesses that can be accommodated.
- an approximately 0.2′′ compressible tower height may fit in a 15 mm sized cannula and accommodate an approximately 5 mm thickness range, or an approximately 0.05′′ compressible tower height may accommodate an approximately 1.25 mm range.
- the length of the legs 36 relative to the initial height of the towers 30 may be set as described above to set the start and/or ending points for the range of any given magnitude.
- the length of the legs 36 may be increased by a distance “x” to increase the minimum thickness that can be sealed or closed by the implant by “x”, or decrease by a distance “y” in order to decrease the minimum thickness that can be sealed or closed by the implant by “y” (down to the minimum of 0 thickness, or no surgical structure).
- the bases 16 and 24 are made of a relatively soft, flexible, penetratable and/or puncturable, but also resilient material, such as silicone rubber. This enables the tips 40 of the fasteners 32 to be actuated into and/or through the bases 16 and 24 without significantly degrading the integrity of the implant 10 .
- the bases 16 and 24 may, alternatively or additionally, be made of one or more other biocompatible materials suitable for implantation, such as, but not limited to, polyurethane, thermoplastic elastomer (TPE), natural rubber, latex, bio-absorbable polymers, or other polymers or elastomers.
- the towers 30 may also be made of any combination of these or other materials.
- the retainer 44 is made from a relatively stronger material, such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyetheretherketone (PEEK), nylon, or other polymers, as well as fibrous materials such as cotton, KEVLAR brand synthetic fibers made commercially available from DuPont, etc., in order to lend additional strength, e.g., tensile strength, stiffness, rigidity, and/or resistance to bending, to the implant 10 , as well as to suitably engage with and retain the fasteners 32 via the barbs 42 .
- PET polyethylene terephthalate
- PEEK polyetheretherketone
- nylon or other polymers
- fibrous materials such as cotton, KEVLAR brand synthetic fibers made commercially available from DuPont, etc.
- retainer 44 include various relatively high tensile strength polymers, as well as biocompatible metals such as stainless steel, titanium, nitinol, etc., although those of ordinary skill in the art will recognize biocompatible materials other than those listed herein that would perform suitably for the bases 16 and 24 , the towers 30 , and/or the retainers 44 .
- the difference in the material properties including the use of different materials of the retainer 44 and the bases 16 and 24 provides many benefits appreciable by those of ordinary skill in the art.
- relatively stiff materials such as buttresses used in the stapler arts, have been known to cause abrasions between the relatively stiff materials and the tissue surrounding their implantation.
- providing the retainer 44 as a relatively stiffer material and embedding the retainer 44 within base 16 and/or base 24 enables the implant 10 to obtain both the stiffening properties of the retainer 44 and the low-abrasion and compliable properties of the bases 16 and/or 24 .
- strands of retainer 44 are arranged in a direction generally perpendicular to a first orientation of tip(s) 40 ( FIG. 11 ).
- a width of interstices 48 (see FIG. 7A ) existing between the strands 46 , shown by cross-section in FIG. 8 to be perpendicular with the drawing sheet (i.e., in and out of the page) with the reference numeral w 1 , is smaller than the horizontal widths of the tip 40 with respect to each of the barbs 42 a and 42 b , which widths are designated in FIG. 8 with reference numerals w 2 and w 3 , respectively.
- the strands 46 that contact each of the tips 40 are moved with respect to and/or pushed apart by the tips 40 (facilitated by the angled or tapered shape of the tips 40 ) to the widths w 2 and/or w 3 as the tips 40 are actuated/advanced into the base 16 .
- the bases 16 and/or 24 from a flexible, yet resilient and/or elastically deformable material, such as silicone rubber, after one or more of the barbs 42 of the tips 40 are forcibly moved through the retainer 44 , the resiliency of the material of the receiver base 16 causes at least one of the strands 46 of the retainer 44 to revert back to, or towards, the initial width w 1 .
- the material of the retainer 44 can additionally or alternatively provide resiliency to assist in reverting the strands 46 back toward their original configuration.
- the strands 46 are positioned in alignment with one or more of the undercuts 27 formed by barbs 42 , resulting in the aforementioned engagement between the retainer 44 and the fasteners 32 , as shown in FIG. 11 .
- the strands 46 have a cross-sectional sectional round shape and associated radius that is less than 1.75 times any radius formed by the undercuts 27 , more preferably less than 1.3 times, and even less than 1.0 times the radius of the strands.
- the width(s) w 4 (see FIGS. 7A and 7B ) (which would be orthogonal to the widths w 1 ) would be arranged such that tips 40 would be able to travel beyond any interstice formed between the adjacent strands. While many dimensions of w 4 would be possible, non-limiting examples include between 1 times the magnitude of the thickness of barb 42 , and six times the magnitude of barb 42 . Depending on the dimension of w 1 , w 4 could of course be smaller than the thickness of barb 42 .
- the use of the retainer 44 and the fasteners 32 may help to avoid the need for accurate alignment between the members 12 and 14 , the retainer 44 and the fasteners 32 , etc., or for strict manufacturing tolerances for any of the components of the implant 10 in some embodiments.
- the width w 1 between each set of adjacent strands 46 of the retainer 44 to be smaller than the widths of the tips 40 at the barbs 42 .
- the fasteners 32 do not need to be accurately aligned with the retainer 44 before actuating the fasteners 32 . That is, the barbs 42 will engage any part of the retainer 44 , so it is unimportant where the tips 40 of the fasteners 32 are received by the receiver member 12 and penetrate into the base 16 .
- the legs 36 of the fastener 32 become slightly tilted or bent (e.g., due to actuation through tissue or through the bases 16 and/or 24 ), or if there are manufacturing variances or loose tolerances in the size of the components of the implant 10 or positioning of the retainer within the base 16 (e.g., the interstices 48 are not exactly centered on the tips 40 ), etc., the barbs 42 will regardless catch on some portion of the retainer 44 and maintain the position shown for example in FIG. 11 , and the implant 10 will function properly.
- the implant 10 is designed to be installable on a range of different surgical structures including those varying in size and/or type.
- the towers 30 are compressed by the fasteners 32 when the fasteners 32 are actuated toward the receiver member 12 .
- the range that the towers 30 can be compressed i.e., the strain applied
- the implant 10 to accommodate a corresponding variable range of surgical structure thicknesses between the structure contacting surfaces 18 and 26 .
- the tower 30 in its uncompressed state, initially has a height h 1 .
- the height of the towers 30 may be reduced from a maximum unstressed height after the fasteners 32 are added, e.g., due to the fasteners 32 engaging with a retainer disposed within the base 24 , but that reference to the height h 1 as the initial height is suitable in any event for purposes of comparison herein.
- FIGS. 9-11 show an example of one of the subassemblies 34 sealing a thin surgical structure 50 , at which the towers 30 have a partially compressed height h 2
- FIGS. 12-14 show an example of one of the subassemblies 34 sealing a thick surgical structure 52 , at which the towers 30 have a minimum or fully compressed height h 3 .
- the towers 30 are further compressed from their initial height h 1 toward the minimum height h 3 in order to enable the legs 36 of the fasteners 32 to span the increased difference and engage with the retainer 44 .
- surgical structures of varying thickness can be fastened and/or sealed with the same implant, such that some towers of the implant compress to the height h 2 while others compress to height h 3 , or to other heights between the heights h 1 and h 3 , while in their retained state.
- the surgical structure contacting surfaces 18 and 26 will not become distorted, wrinkled, buckled, bent, etc., and therefore be able to contact flush against the surgical structure along the entire length of the implant 10 .
- the independent compressibility of each of the towers 30 allows for adjacent ones of the towers 30 to compress to different degrees independently of and without imparting potentially undesirable stresses to adjacent ones of the towers 30 when the implant 10 is installed on surgical structures of varying thicknesses.
- the offset between the barbs 42 a and 42 b along the length of the legs 36 can also facilitate the accommodation of each size of the fasteners 32 to be usable for a range of surgical structure thicknesses.
- This functionality can be appreciated by comparing FIGS. 11 and 14 .
- the structure 50 is relatively thin, so the tips 40 are able to easily extend deeply through the receiver member 12 , such that both of the barbs 42 a and 42 b pass fully through the retainer 44 , and the barbs 42 b engage therewith when the driving force is released.
- FIG. 11 the structure 50 is relatively thin, so the tips 40 are able to easily extend deeply through the receiver member 12 , such that both of the barbs 42 a and 42 b pass fully through the retainer 44 , and the barbs 42 b engage therewith when the driving force is released.
- the increased thickness of the structure 52 may be such that only the barbs 42 a , further along the length of the legs 36 , are able to penetrate fully through and be retained by the retainer 44 . It is to be appreciated that any number of barbs may be included along the length of the leg(s) of the fasteners and that each fastener may have any number of legs.
- a fastener 56 is shown in FIG. 15 having five barbs 58 a - e along its length, and only a single leg 60 extending from a body 62 .
- the barbs 42 can be arranged to face opposite from each other, as with the barbs 42 a in this Figure, such that the retainer 44 is grabbed by the fasteners 32 at different locations, e.g., at different ones of the strands 46 a , as illustrated. This may be helpful in some embodiments to spread out the loading on the retainer 44 , e.g., and prevent localized overloading of a single strand or of the implant 10 . If desired, e.g., in order to further spread out the loading, the fasteners 32 may additionally or alternatively be rotated, offset, or misaligned with respect to the members 12 and 14 , the retainer 44 , the strands 46 , etc.
- the legs 36 of the fastener 32 may be rotationally orientated about an axis 63 of the towers 30 by an angle ⁇ , such that a line 64 bisecting the legs 36 is rotationally offset by the angle ⁇ with respect to a datum line 65 (which may be oriented to be parallel with the member 14 and/or bisect the member 14 ).
- the angle ⁇ is between about 5° and 45°, and in a further embodiment, the angle ⁇ is about 20°, although those of ordinary skill in the art can select other angles outside of these values, including arranging the axes 64 and 65 to be parallel or perpendicular to each other. It is also contemplated that different legs 36 of different fasteners 32 may be oriented to different degrees.
- the towers 30 are shown schematically in their compressed states throughout many of the Figures for clarity of illustration, but that in actual use some degree of buckling, twisting, bending, or bulging of the towers 30 may occur during compression by the fasteners 32 .
- FIG. 17 One such example of the compression of one of the towers 30 is illustrated in FIG. 17 , in which the illustrated tower 30 is buckling, bending, and bulging due to compression caused by the fastener 32 .
- the body 38 may also be shaped to assist in maintaining engagement between the fasteners 32 and the towers 30 .
- the fasteners 32 in the illustrated embodiment include a pair of wings 54 (e.g., FIGS.
- one or more supports 39 may optionally be included with the towers 30 in order to assist in setting the rigidity, bending stiffness, or other properties of the tower 30 (e.g., thereby influencing the force exerted by the towers 30 during compression), and/or to assist in directing the aforementioned buckling, bending, etc., to occur in a more consistent and/or predictable manner.
- the supports 39 are located approximately equally spaced between the legs 36 of the fastener 32 in order to promote the buckling to occur under the body 38 and to assist in preventing the tower 30 from becoming disengaged from the fastener 32 during compression.
- FIG. 18 shows a top view of an implant 66 according to an alternate embodiment.
- the implant 66 is circular, disc, or ring shaped, with a plurality of the segments 28 disposed rotationally thereabout (a plurality of the segments 20 in a receiving member would be arranged opposite thereto, but are hidden from view in FIG. 18 ).
- Such an implant may be useful, for example, in so-called end-to-end, side-to-side, and/or end-to-side operations, such as gastric bypass in which an end section of a patient's intestine is secured to the patient's stomach about an opening formed in the wall of the stomach.
- a circular cutting knife (including for instance a knife that can follow a circular path consistent with the circular implant 66 ) can be utilized with the device applying circular implant 66 .
- FIG. 19 An implant 68 is illustrated in FIG. 19 according to another embodiment.
- the implant 68 is shaped along an arc or curve, and also includes a plurality of the segments 28 (corresponding to a plurality of the segments 20 of a receiver member, hidden from view in FIG. 19 ).
- Such an implant may be useful for complex tissue structures, or bulk tissue structures having curvature thereto, such as lungs or other organs.
- the implant is shown in an approximately 180° arc, however implants of larger and smaller arcs may be desirable depending on the particular surgical procedure.
- An arcuate cutting knife or blade (or at least a blade intended to follow the general path of the arc-shaped implant) can be utilized.
- the outermost lateral regions of the bases may be cut or “scalloped” (see for example dotted border 67 shown in FIGS. 18 and 19 ) in a manner that provides for enhanced bending in a direction that facilitates allowing additional curvature to arrange the implant 68 to a final shape different than its original shape.
- FIGS. 20-26 depict various receiver bases having different retainers therein, which can be used additionally with, or alternatively to, the retainer 44 .
- all of the bases and retainers in FIGS. 20-26 can be arranged with the base made of a relatively soft, flexible, or penetrable material, while the retainer is made from a relatively stronger or stiffer material, or a material otherwise having different material properties, including but not limited to different moduli of elasticity, Shore hardness values, yield strengths, etc.
- An exemplary receiver base 70 in FIG. 20 includes a retainer 72 , which takes the form of a plurality of strands 74 .
- the strands 74 resemble the longitudinal strands 46 a , but without the transverse strands 46 b , and are also preferably arranged to be coplanar with each other, and/or parallel to the dorsum of the base 70 .
- An exemplary receiver base 76 in FIG. 21 has a retainer 78 that substantially resembles the retainer 72 , being formed from a plurality of longitudinal strands 80 .
- the strands 80 of the retainer 78 are located at a plurality of different heights within the base 76 , and therefore not all are coplanar with each other.
- a receiver base 82 in FIG. 22 includes retainer 84 formed from a plurality of longitudinal strands 85 having transverse pins, arms, or fingers 86 extending therefrom. Such transverse members may be formed unitarily with the strands 85 , or alternatively may be non-unitary and attached or connected.
- a receiver base 86 in FIG. 23 includes a retainer 88 formed by one (shown) or more (not shown) undulating or sinusoidal strands 90 .
- a receiver base 92 in FIG. 24 includes a retainer 94 formed by one or more coiled, helical, or spiraling strands 96 .
- a receiver base 104 in FIG. 26 includes a retainer 106 formed by a plate or membrane 108 having a plurality of tapered elements 110 .
- the tapered elements 110 form an entry opening 112 that is significantly larger than an exit passage 114 due to shoulders 116 . In this way, the tips 40 can pass by the entry passage 112 , pierce through the membrane 108 , and push the elements 110 aside to pass through the exit passage 114 while moved in the actuation direction, and then be caught on the shoulders 116 .
- the retainers of FIGS. 20-23 can extend the full length or partial length of the receiver base, and can extend the full width or partial width of the receiver base.
- FIGS. 27 and 28 illustrate the implant 10 installed on a vessel 118 type of surgical structure, e.g., a conduit such as a vein or artery.
- the vessel 118 includes a lumen 120 extending therethrough, i.e., preferably for carrying blood.
- Installing the implant 10 on the vessel 118 that is, compressing the vessel 118 between the members 12 and 14 , and securing the members 12 and 14 together with the fasteners 32 ) closes or pinches off the lumen 120 , which may be useful, for example, in preventing or impeding blood flow through the lumen 120 of the vessel 118 .
- a first one of the implants 10 can be installed in a first location of a target vessel, a second one of the implants 10 installed at a second location of the vessel, with the vessel portion between the two implants 10 removed from the patient.
- the implant 10 in the illustrated embodiment includes the two rows 35 a and 35 b .
- a channel 124 is formed between the two rows 35 .
- the bridge(s) 37 (see FIG. 1 ) connecting between the rows 35 may be severed during cutting. While the bridges 37 are shown in various embodiments to be on one end of elongate implants, in embodiments contemplated herein, they may be on both ends.
- a seal 125 in the tissue or vessel 118 formed by the implant 10 can be seen in FIGS. 29 and 31 .
- the seal 125 represents the portion of the vessel 118 that is compressed or clamped by the implant 10 and can be helpful, for example, in preventing, blocking, hindering, or otherwise impeding the flow of blood through the vessel 118 .
- the above-discussed independent compressibility of the towers 30 and the operation of the towers 30 compressing to various degrees in response to different surgical structure thicknesses are also easily appreciable in view of the cross-sections of FIGS. 29-31 . For example, it can be clearly seen that the height of the towers 30 in FIG.
- FIG. 30A is substantially greater than the height of the towers 30 in FIG. 30A , which Figure is taken in cross-section through the implant 10 installed on the vessel 118 .
- FIG. 30B is a cross-section similar to 30 A but taken through the region between the towers 30 and not in contact with the tissue or vessel, as shown by section line 30 B- 30 B of FIG. 32 .
- FIG. 31 is a cross-section extending down the longitudinal length of a row of the implant 10 , which also shows the difference in the compressed tower height in response to tissue thickness.
- FIG. 33 An implant 128 according to another exemplary embodiment is shown in FIG. 33 .
- the implant 128 resembles the implant 10 , but includes only a single row 130 of the fastener subassemblies 34 .
- the implant 128 may be useful in situations in which a cut is not required, or in which sealing on only one side of the cut is desired. If sealing is desired on both sides of a cut, then two of the implants 128 can be installed adjacent to each other on the vessel 118 or other surgical structure in order to create a suitable cutting channel, as illustrated in FIG. 32 .
- the implant 10 is installed in organ parenchyma in order to facilitate the removal of a portion of the organ, e.g., a tumor or cancerous growth.
- the implant 10 is used to complete a gastrointestinal bypass.
- one or more of the implants 10 are installed in a patient's lung parenchyma in order prevent the leaking of air while removing a portion of the patient's lung.
- the implants 10 can be used for not only hemostasis and pneumostasis, but to seal off the flow of other desired fluids from various tissue structures.
- One example embodiment for connecting a first surgical structure 132 to a second surgical structure 133 is shown in FIGS. 34 and 35 .
- the first and second surgical structures represent intestinal structures, and the implant 10 is useful for performing an intestinal anastomoses.
- one or more of the implants 10 are installed with the corresponding receiver members 12 in the first structure 132 and the deployment members 14 in the second structure 133 , which are connected together with the fasteners 32 and retainer 44 as taught above.
- Implants consistent with the present disclosure may be constructed in a variety of ways.
- fabrication of the implant may involve (i) molding at least two implant halves (e.g., the receiver member 12 and/or the deployment member 14 ) or bases (e.g., the base 16 of and/or the base 24 of the deployment member 14 ) with one or more molding steps, (ii) assembling one or more fasteners (e.g., the fasteners 32 ) to (or alternatively molding with) the one or more bases and/or implant halves, (iii) placing the one or more bases and/or implant halves in alignment with an end effector (e.g., jaws of an applicator, device, instrument, or mechanism for installing implants, such as those discussed below in more detail) and/or the other of the one or more bases and/or implant halves, and (iv) sterilizing the one or more bases and/or implant halves.
- end effector e.g., jaws of an applicator, device, instrument, or mechanism for installing implants,
- the molding step may involve co-molding or over-molding with the base one or more strands, web structure, knit structure, woven structure, mesh, and/or any other structure suitable for a retainer (e.g., the retainer 44 ) or to impart stiffening properties to the base.
- the mold cavity(ies) are configured based on both the desired shapes of the bases (e.g., the bases 16 and/or 24 ) and/or implant halves (e.g., the receiver member 12 and/or the deployment member 14 ) as well as the shrinkage characteristics of the molded material to produce one or more bases and/or implant halves.
- the bases and/or implant halves may for instance have the same, similar, or even different structures, as exemplified by the drawings of the present disclosure.
- the mold cavities forming the ventrum surface(s) of the bases and/or implant halves may have one or more protrusions that assist in placing a retainer (e.g., the retainer 44 ) and/or retaining elements such as strands/knit/mesh/weave, etc. (e.g., the strands 46 ) a predetermined distance away from the ventrum surface (e.g., the surfaces 18 and/or 26 ) of the implant (e.g., the implant 10 ).
- This may be formed by example via the use of one or more lengthwise protrusions, and may result in one or more corresponding grooves 17 , (best shown in FIGS. 5 and 6 ) at the ventrum surface.
- portions of the dorsal surface may be used as an alternative means to accomplish the same.
- the bases and/or implant halves are preferably formed of a relatively soft, flexible, penetrable and/or puncturable, but also resilient material, such as silicone rubber, as discussed above.
- the silicone rubber or other material may be injection molded or cast.
- the towers 30 formed within the implant may be molded of the same material as the bases, or alternatively may be co-molded or over-molded of a different material, or optionally of the same material family but having different specific properties such as elasticity and/or Shore A hardness.
- the mold cavities/core pins, etc. used for forming the bases and/or implant halves are sized and shaped such that when the implant 10 is represented as a beam, each half thereof (e.g., the receiver member 12 and/or the deployment member 14 ) will have a neutral axis 172 , 174 (i.e., theoretical location where bending stress is zero) along the length of each half and that is closer to the ventrum (or plane of contact 170 when no tissue or structure is disposed between the halves) than the dorsum portion of each half (see FIGS. 30A and 30B ).
- the location of the neutral axis will move depending on the relative second area moment of inertia and stiffness properties along the implant 10 . This is illustrated for example in FIGS.
- the neutral axis 172 , 174 is schematically represented for each of the respective cross-sections.
- the neutral axis 172 of the receiver member 12 is closer to the ventrum than for the corresponding neutral axis 174 of the deployment member 14 .
- a retainer 44 having a material property of a higher modulus of elasticity than the material chosen for the base (or overall receiver member/deployment member) is integrated to the bases of each halves, the neutral axis is moved even more towards the ventrum.
- the height 180 , 176 of the neutral axis 172 , 174 from the ventrum or plane of contact 170 is 40% or less than the section's overall height 178 , 182 , possibly 35% or less, more preferably 30% or less, even more preferably about 25% or less, and in certain embodiments 20% or less.
- the modulus of elasticity for the retainer 44 is 100 times greater than that of the molded portions of the receiver member and deployment member, more preferably 200 times greater, even more preferably 400 times greater, even more preferably 600 times greater, even more preferably 800 or even 1000 times greater.
- the shape and material properties may be chosen such that the resulting half (including retainer 44 ) would have a bending stiffness (i.e., modulus of elasticity multiplied by the second moment of area) of about 1.3 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 11 MPa m 4 or greater, more preferably 1.8 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 11 MPa m 4 or greater, even more preferably 2.2 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 11 MPa m 4 or greater, more preferably 2.7 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 11 MPa m 4 or greater, and even more preferably 3.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 11 MPa m 4 or greater.
- a bending stiffness i.e., modulus of elasticity multiplied by the second moment of area
- the strands (e.g., the strands 46 ) of the retainer may be formed as either unique strands, or optionally as a portion of a knit, mesh, weave or similar structure, of which the material chosen may be polypropylene, polyester (PET), PEEK, Nylon, or the other materials discussed above, and/or combinations thereof.
- the material chosen may be polypropylene, polyester (PET), PEEK, Nylon, or the other materials discussed above, and/or combinations thereof.
- Openings may be for example anywhere from 0.500 inches to 0.001 inches, more preferably 0.250 inches to 0.005 inches, even more preferably 0.100 inches to 0.010 inches, and even more preferably 0.050 to 0.020 inches, and yet further between 0.025 inches to 0.030 inches.
- the open areas (e.g., the interstices 48 ) between crisscrossing strands (e.g., the strands 46 ) when utilized are preferably sized in accordance with the size and shape of the fastener (e.g., the fastener 32 ) chosen. Examples may include, for instance, ranges between 0.001 sq. in. to 0.100 sq. in., more preferably 0.0001 sq. in.
- Such open spaces may be square, rectangular, diamond-shaped, and/or other types of polygonal shapes may be utilized. Triangular and circular or elliptical shapes are also contemplated, as well as any of the shapes and structures shown by example in FIGS. 7 a and 7 b (shown without the base) and FIGS. 20-26 (shown with the base).
- a mesh having a crisscrossing construction forming generally square openings of a precision polyester is chosen (see for example FIG. 7B ).
- Such meshes may be sourced for instance through McMaster-Carr (Robbinsville, N.J., USA).
- the mesh is cut in a manner that facilitates its later placement into a mold cavity.
- the mesh is cut such that the mesh self-aligns to be generally centered in the mold cavity chosen for the base(s) (e.g., the bases 16 and/or 24 ).
- the mesh is then placed in the mold, and then formed within liquefied silicone under conditions that permit the silicone to form around the mesh.
- the hardness of the silicone (once cured) is of a Shore A durometer between 5 and 55, more preferably 10 and 45, more preferably 20 and 40, and most preferably about between 25 and 35, such as 30.
- materials with a Shore A durometer above 55 or below 5 may also be used depending on the situation. Materials may be sourced from a variety of vendors, including for instance Applied Silicone Corporation (Santa Paula, Calif., USA), and Dow Corning Corporation (Corning, N.Y., USA) under the trade name SILASTIC.
- the liquefied silicone is cured and removed for subsequent assembly with a fastener.
- one or more fasteners e.g., the fasteners 32
- the fasteners 32 are first formed in a strip 140 of metal (e.g., 304 or 301 stainless steel) through a chemical etching process, although other machining processes such as wire EDM and stamping/punching and/or die cutting may be used.
- the resulting strip 140 is illustrated in FIGS.
- each fastener body 38 has one or more outside edges 142 connected to the fastener bodies 38 of each flat-formed fastener body 33 at one or more locations 144 per fastener body 38 .
- the flat-formed fastener bodies 38 are shown in FIGS. 43 and 44 to be radially oriented in an overlapping pattern, offset a width or distance 152 as shown in FIG. 44 .
- the offset distance(s) 152 preferably is chosen so that each fastener 32 aligns with its respective tower 30 of the half it will be integrated with.
- the strip 140 is then placed in a forming tool (not shown) which aligns the strip 140 with one or more anvils (not shown) to facilitate bending of the one or more of the legs 36 to an orientation generally normal/perpendicular to the plane of the strip 140 .
- Alignment with the forming tool may be achieved with the assistance of alignment apertures 31 .
- Sufficient pressure is then applied against the legs 36 to transform the flat-formed fastener body 33 shown in FIGS. 36 and 37 into the shaped fastener 32 of FIGS. 38-42 .
- the primary leg 36 of the fastener may have a single width throughout, in other embodiments it may have a wide section defined by the width 146 as well as a narrower section defined by a width 148 , as shown in FIG.
- a bend 154 caused by the deforming step may occur within any portion of the leg 36 but preferably occurs within the wide section 146 for those legs 36 having varying widths, and forms a curve about an axis 156 that provides a smooth transition between the leg 36 and the body 38 .
- a spacing 153 of the legs is chosen such that there is little, minor, or no interference between the fastener 32 legs 16 and the towers 30 once assembled together. That is, preferably the spacing 153 exceeds the width of the tower 30 over which the fastener is mounted.
- edges 41 B are beveled or sharpened, and may in some embodiments only be beveled on the outermost surface of the legs 36 .
- the beveling may occur when the fastener is flat-formed as shown in FIGS. 36 and 37 , or alternately when it is formed in a bent configuration as shown for example in FIGS. 38-42 .
- Other tip designs may of course be provided.
- One or both of the towers 30 and fasteners 32 may be lubricated to facilitate reciprocal movement of each structure with respect to the other.
- the fastener 32 may be dip coated into PTFE to reduce the friction should contact occur between the fastener 32 and tower 30 .
- Other lubricants may also be suitable.
- Each fastener 32 may subsequently be aligned with a corresponding one of the towers 30 . This may be achieved individually or simultaneously with a plurality of the fasteners 32 .
- the strip 140 can be used as an alignment tool for facilitating assembly of the fasteners 32 simultaneously onto multiple ones of the towers 30 of a deployment member 14 .
- the alignment apertures 25 located within the bases 24 on opposite sides of the towers 30 may be provided to further facilitate assembly, by providing a guiding hole for the tips 40 to be placed in during the alignment step of the fabrication process.
- the fasteners 32 may be secured to the base in a variety of manners.
- frictional forces maintain the connection between the fastener and the half.
- the tips 40 are retained within the base (e.g., the base 24 ) of the half (e.g., the deployment member 14 ) associated with the tower via engagement of one or more retaining elements or strands (e.g., the strands 46 ) of the retainers (e.g., the retainer 44 ) positioned in the deployment member 14 .
- a post-assembly process involving the cutting of the fasteners 32 from the strip outside edges is performed.
- separation of the fasteners can occur before attachment to the corresponding base (e.g., the bases 16 and/or 24 ) and/or implant halve(s) (e.g., the deployment member 14 ). This may allow for in-mold assembly of the fastener with the base and/or half as well as in other embodiments co-molding or over-molding of the fastener (e.g., the fastener 32 ) to the bases and/or halve(s).
- FIG. 45 represents a schematic representation of pairs of fastener/tower structures or deployment segments (e.g., one of the segments 28 ) (referenced as segments A) aligned with receiving segments B (e.g., one of the segments 20 ). While FIG. 45 illustrates an arrangement of segments A and B on different halves 160 , 162 , alternatively the can be arranged on the same half 164 , as illustrated in FIG. 46 .
- an implant may be formed from essentially identical halves 164 having alternating deployment and receiving segments.
- the implant halves include alternating ones of the segments 20 and 28 , as represented schematically by the segments A and B in FIG. 45 . Furthermore, the halves do not have to have an equal quantity of segments B to align with the quantity of segments A, nor are the halves required to directly overlap to the corresponding half, as represented in FIG. 47 wherein a first and second of the segments A of a first half 166 may align with segments B of different half 168 . This may allow for linking multiple halves together when the length of one half is insufficient for a certain procedure. Many other permutations are of course possible due to the flexible nature offered by the disclosed embodiments.
- the barbs 42 or other elements suitable for grabbing, catching, or engaging a retainer may be formed as any structure that protrudes outwardly and is thus so capable of catching, grabbing, or otherwise engaging with a retainer, such as the retainer 44 (which elements are collectively referred to as barbs).
- a fastener 185 is formed with a helical or spiraled shank or leg 186 .
- the helical leg 186 is formed with respect to an axis 188 .
- the leg 186 Since the leg 186 has a thickness that is much less than the width of the helical shape made by the leg 186 about the axis 188 , the leg 186 is able to pass through relatively small openings (e.g., the interstices 48 ) while being rotated during forward advancement. In this way, pulling back against the fastener 185 , but without rotation (e.g., such as would occur due to the force exerted by the towers 30 ), will cause each turn 189 of the fastener 185 to act as a barb and grab, catch, or engage with a retainer or retaining elements (e.g., the strands 46 of the retainer 44 ). Another embodiment is illustrated in FIG. 48A .
- a fastener 190 includes a leg 192 .
- a flange 194 extends from the leg 192 .
- the flange 194 may be a continuous flange, e.g., helically or spirally formed about the leg 192 , or formed as discrete elements. Similar to the fastener 160 in FIG. 48A , the leg 192 can be advanced through a relatively small opening (e.g., the interstices 48 ) by advancing the fastener 190 toward the opening and rotating the fastener 190 .
- the fastener 190 when the fastener 190 is pulled back in the opposite direction without rotation, the flange 194 will act as a barb and catch, grab, or engage with a retainer or retaining elements (e.g., the strands 46 of the retainer 44 ).
- a retainer or retaining elements e.g., the strands 46 of the retainer 44 .
- FIGS. 48A and 48B are shown with one leg, two or more legs can extend from the base (body).
- Embodiments of the present disclosure are further directed to an apparatus and method for delivering and implanting one or more surgical implants, such as any of the previously described embodiments for or related to the surgical implant 10 , or other fasteners, clamps, clips or other closure or sealing devices. That is, embodiments of the current invention are directed to various alternative and improved devices, apparatus, systems and methods for implanting a surgical implant to, for example, close a tissue structure of a patient which include but are not limited to blood vessels, parenchyma, bronchi, atrial appendages and the like.
- Tools and implants according to the present invention can be configured and dimensioned to seal and transect large vessels and bulk tissue up to about 5 mm compressed thickness and may have a configuration and size sufficient to fit through a port, such as a 20 mm in diameter or less to allow for minimally invasive surgical procedures, and flexible enough to maneuver to an intended surgical target.
- the surgical implant applicator and system may be designed to well tolerate thickness variations of the tissue to be closed along a length of a surgical implant.
- the surgical implant applicator of the present invention may advantageously also use smaller, less expensive closing mechanisms than those used in currently known apparatus, as the surgical implant to be implanted by the apparatus do not require the amount of precision for alignment and closing that is required of currently known apparatus.
- the surgical implant applicator can be provided to mount two surgical implants (or a bisectable single surgical implant) and with a cutting element to sever tissue (and the closure device when a single bisectable device is employed) between two locations where the tissue has been closed by the closure device(s). Still further alternatively, the surgical implant applicator can be provided to mount one closure device for implantation in sealing off a location with the single device.
- the applicator described below moves, mounts, and/or applies two implants side by side extending generally linearly. It is also contemplated that alternatively, the implant can be arranged non-linearly, including a circular or arcuate arrangement as discussed above.
- the applicator described is for endoscopic or minimally invasive surgical products, it is also contemplated that the implants described herein can be utilized in “open” procedures. Also, the illustrated is shown to have a rigid shaft, but flexible shafts and instruments can also be utilized for use in certain endoscopic procedures.
- applicators without a shaft (i.e., such as a configuration that is “scissor-like” or otherwise resembles the gross structure of a long-nose pliers, with two pivoting grips, each grip operably engaged with either a top or bottom half of the implant to move the halves to and from each other), may be utilized.
- FIG. 50 an isometric view of one embodiment of a system 1000 for installing surgical implants according to embodiments disclosed herein, e.g., the implant 10 .
- surgical implants disclosed herein such as the implant 10
- the system 1000 includes the surgical implant 10 and a surgical implant applicator 500 , which may also be referred to as a tool, device, instrument, or the like.
- the implant 10 may be installed using devices other than the applicator 500 , and likewise, that the applicator 500 may be used to install surgical implants other than the implant 10 .
- aspects of the applicator 500 may be useful in medical procedures that do not include surgical implants, e.g., such as any requiring actuatable jaws, slidable actuation of mechanisms along an end effector, articulation or rotation of an end effector, etc., as will be better appreciated below with respect to the various components and assemblies of the applicator 500 .
- the implant 10 is illustrated as mounted on an end effector 502 configured as a distal portion of the surgical implant applicator 500 .
- the applicator 500 may be used for implanting surgical implants other than the implant 10 , e.g., including the various embodiments discussed herein, and that the implant 10 is given as a representative example only. Accordingly, it is noted that any reference to the implant 10 with respect to the applicator 500 is for the purpose of assisting in describing various modes of operating the applicator 500 .
- the end effector 502 of the applicator 500 includes a set of jaws designated with a jaw 504 a and a jaw 504 b (collectively, “the jaws 504 ”). Due to the illustrated orientation of the jaws 504 throughout the Figures, the jaw 504 a may be referred to herein as the upper jaw, and the jaw 504 b as the lower jaw, although it is to be appreciated that this is for the sake of discussion only and that the jaw 504 a does not necessary have to be “above” the jaw 504 b in other embodiments (or after manipulating the jaws 504 , e.g., as discussed below).
- the surgical implant applicator 500 includes a proximal assembly 506 that is connected to the end effector 502 via a shaft 508 extending therebetween.
- the shaft 508 has a diameter of about less than 10 mm, and preferably about 8 mm, although other dimensions are contemplated.
- the proximal assembly 506 includes a housing 510 having a handle 512 configured to enable a user to hold and operate the surgical implant applicator 500 , e.g., with a single hand, and a trigger 514 , which may also or alternatively be referred to as a lever, movable actuator, etc.
- the trigger 514 is arranged to be operated by the same hand holding the applicator 500 by the handle 512 to effect operation of the end effector 502 , e.g., closing, cutting, and/or reset operations that are discussed in more detail below.
- the end effector 502 is connected to the proximal assembly 506 via a joint 516 positioned proximate to a distal end of the shaft 508 .
- a positioning assembly 518 is included by the surgical implant applicator 500 and configured to perform articulation of the end effector 502 (that is, e.g., left and right or side-to-side angulation of the end effector 502 relative to a longitudinal axis 520 of the shaft 508 ).
- FIGS. 52A-52D show the end effector 502 having been angled to the left with respect to the axis 520 and the orientation of that Figure.
- the positioning assembly 518 is configured to control rotation of the end effector 502 about the longitudinal axis 520 of the shaft 516 , relative to the proximal assembly 506 .
- the end effector is shown to be non-removable attached to the shaft, alternatively, it can be removable with respect to the shaft and replaced by a new end effector (having a new set of jaws) containing a new implant.
- the shaft may preferably be rigid and straight, in alternative embodiments it may be flexible and non-rigid.
- the positioning assembly 518 may include a rotation actuator 522 that is mounted to proximal assembly 506 , but rotatable with respect thereto.
- the rotation actuator 522 may include a plurality of ribs or ridges 524 that facilitate gripping thereof by a user.
- the rotation actuator 522 may be non-rotatably mounted with respect to the shaft 508 , with the shaft 508 also rotatably mounted to the housing 510 , and the end effector 502 non-rotatably mounted to the shaft 508 .
- rotation of the actuator 522 e.g., via a user gripping the actuator 522 at the ribs 524 and turning the actuation 522 with respect to the housing 510 , causes rotation of the shaft 508 , and also of the end effector 502 , about the axis 520 .
- the rotation actuator 522 enables more than about 90° and preferably about 180° of rotation about the axis 520 in either direction.
- the end effector 502 is pivotally mounted relative to the shaft 508 via the joint 516 .
- the joint 516 may be configured to enable rotation or articulation of the end effector 502 about an axis 526 ( FIG. 51B ), which is transverse, e.g., perpendicular, to the axis 520 .
- a mechanism can be provided so the end effector 502 is rotatable relative to the shaft 520 .
- the jaws 504 may be arranged together with the end effector 502 so that the jaws 504 of the end effector 502 can be articulated, e.g., pivoted left or right or side-to-side about the axis 526 , in unison relative to the shaft 508 .
- there is one stationary jaw and one moveable jaw i.e., moveable with respect to the stationary jaw
- both jaws can be movable and/or pivotable.
- the end effector 502 can be articulated by at least about 30° to 45° from the axis 520 , and preferably about 60° from the axis 520 to either side with respect to the axis 520 .
- the positioning assembly 518 may include an articulation actuator 528 that is configured to cause the above-described articulation of the end effector 502 when the articulation actuator 528 is rotated.
- a knob 530 may be included and non-rotatably mounted to the actuator 528 in order to enable a user to rotate the articulation actuator 528 via rotation of the knob 530 . Rotation of the articulation actuator 528 in a first direction (such as counterclockwise in the embodiment of FIGS.
- FIGS. 52A-52C may be arranged to cause the end effector 502 , along with the jaws 504 , to correspondingly angle in the first direction (e.g., to the left relative to the axis 520 by an amount represented by an angle ⁇ in the embodiment of FIGS. 52A-52C ).
- Rotation of the articulation actuator 528 in a second direction opposite to the first direction causes end effector 502 and/or the jaws 504 to correspondingly angle in the second direction (e.g., to the right relative to the axis 520 in the embodiment of FIG. 52A-52C ).
- the articulation movement of the end effector 502 and/or the jaws 504 may be in or with respect to a plane, but it is noted that the plane of movement can vary, e.g., be rotated with respect to the axis 520 , by rotation of rotation actuator 522 .
- the articulation actuator 528 may include one or more relief features 532 , such as scallops, detents, or indents, to provide a predetermined amount of frictional resistance to the articulation actuator 528 that allows it to be rotated by hand by a user, but provides sufficient friction to prevent it from counter-rotating after the user's hand is removed from the articulation actuator 528 .
- the relief features 532 may also provide sufficient friction so that the end effector 502 maintains the desired degree of angulation until the user decides to again operate the articulation actuator 528 , e.g., via the knob 530 .
- one or more detent balls 534 are resiliently or spring-loadedly mounted to the rotation actuator 526 , or other component of the positioning assembly 518 , and interact with the relief features 532 to provide the predetermined amount of friction.
- One or more articulation drivers may be included, e.g., two such drivers designated with the numerals 536 a and 536 b (collectively, “the articulation drivers 536 ”), which are shown in FIG. 52C mounted at their proximal ends (e.g., pivotally mounted) to the articulation actuator 528 .
- the articulation drivers 536 may be mounted on opposite sides of the articulation actuator 528 (i.e., the drivers 536 are eccentrically mounted to the actuator 528 ), such that rotation of the articulation actuator 528 pushes one of articulation drivers 536 and pulls the other.
- the distal ends of the articulation drivers 536 are pivotally mounted to opposite sides of the joint 516 , designated with the numerals 538 a and 538 b , respectively, to translate the pushing and/or pulling actions to the end effector 502 thereby effecting angular articulation of the end effector 502 .
- the articulation drivers 536 may preferably be flat ribbons having suitable tensile and/or compressive strength in their axial direction during the pulling and/or pushing operations. Alternatively, the articulation drivers 536 may be rigid rods or the like. In one embodiment, articulation drivers in the form of cables or wires are used, and forces for articulating the end effector 502 is transferred from the actuator 528 via tension only.
- the surgical implant applicator 500 may be configured to perform additional functions, such as transitioning the jaws between opened and closed configurations, actuating fasteners of an implant (e.g., the fasteners 32 of the implant 10 ) disposed with the jaws 504 , cutting surgical structures positioned between the jaws 504 proximate to the implant 10 (e.g., cutting along the channel 124 of the implant 10 discussed above), etc.
- the trigger 514 may be arranged with, or as part of, an end effector driving assembly or mechanism 540 to enable one or more of the above functions of the end effector 502 to occur.
- the mechanism 540 may be arranged to cause actuation of a driver 542 along the length of the jaws 504 .
- a first or drive cable 544 and/or a second or return cable 546 ( FIGS. 53A and 53B ) may be connected to and transmit force from the end effector driving mechanism 540 to the driver 542 .
- the cables 544 and 546 may be any suitable wire, strand, string, rope, or other element capable of transferring tensile actuation forces. In other embodiments, the cables 544 and/or 546 , or other tensile elements, may be connected to the upper jaw 504 , the lower jaw 506 , or other components of the end effector 502 .
- the cables 544 and 546 in the illustrated embodiment are both connected between the mechanism 540 and the driver 542 to enable movement of the driver 542 relative to the end effector 502 .
- the drive cable 544 is arranged to pull the driver 542 in the distal direction, while the return cable 546 is arranged to pull the driver 542 proximally back to its initial position.
- each of the cables 544 and 546 extends from a different one of a pair of drive spools 548 a and 548 b (collectively, “the drive spools 548 ”) of the mechanism 540 through the shaft 508 , distally past the joint 516 to the end effector 502 through a slot or opening 550 ( FIG. 54B ) in a distal end portion of the joint 516 .
- the drive cable 544 continues along and through a frame 552 of the jaw 504 b , through an opening, slot, or passage 554 in the distal driver 542 (e.g., see the view in FIG.
- the return cable 546 is looped or threaded around a post 560 extending between a pair of flanges 562 of the driver 542 and back through the opening 550 and the shaft 508 to the spool 548 b .
- each of the cables 544 and 546 in the illustrated embodiment forms a loop that starts and terminates at one of the spools 548 , it is noted that each of the cables 544 and 546 in this embodiment may be arranged alternatively as a continuous belt or ribbon that does not have ends.
- One or more cable guides may be included, e.g., a pair of cable guides 565 in the illustrated embodiment ( FIG. 52C ), to direct the cables 544 and/or 546 toward the driver 542 and/or to keep the cables 544 and/or 546 away from the moving parts of the mechanism 540 . It is noted that the cables 544 and 546 are shown only in portion or not at all in some of the Figures for clarity of the other components of the applicator 500 .
- the cables 544 and 546 are fastened to their respective one of the drive spools 548 via one or more fasteners 564 . That is, for example, the fasteners 564 each have a head or flange that is arranged to pinch or clamp the cables 544 and/or 546 to the spools 548 .
- the fasteners 564 may be any suitable bolt, screw, clamp, clasp, etc.
- the cables 544 and/or 546 may be arranged with a knot, bulge, or protuberance that is locked to one of the spools 548 .
- the cables 544 and/or 546 may be formed similarly to a lasso (or double-sided lasso), with only the terminal end or ends of the cables 544 and/or 546 forming a loop for engagement with a post or fastener. It is to be appreciated that the cables 544 and/or 546 may be anchored, pinned, or otherwise secured to the driver 542 without looping about the posts 560 and 562 , such that one end of each of the cables 544 and/or 546 terminates at the driver 542 and an opposite end of each of the cables 544 and/or 546 terminates at the corresponding one of the spools 548 .
- each or either of the cables 544 and/or 546 may be a multi-strand cable, either metallic or non-metallic, a single fiber or wire, belt, or other equivalent elongated, flexible member having sufficient tensile strength and dimensions to perform the functions described.
- the cables 544 and 546 can be arranged with the spools 548 such that rotation of the spools 548 in one direction (e.g., counter-clockwise with respect to the embodiment illustrated in the Figures) causes tension on the drive cable 544 , and rotation of the spools 548 in the opposite direction causes tension of the return cable 546 .
- the drive cable 544 can be wrapped clockwise about the spool 548 a , such that counter-clockwise rotation of the spools 548 tightens the cable 544
- the return cable 546 can be wrapped counter-clockwise about the spool 548 b , such that clockwise rotation of the spools 548 tightens the cable 546 .
- tension in the drive cable 544 urges or pulls the driver 542 in the distal direction
- tension in the return cable 546 oppositely urges or pulls the driver 542 in the proximal direction.
- rotation of the spool 548 in one direction causes the driver 542 to travel distally along the jaws 504
- rotation of the spool 548 in the opposite direction cause the driver 542 to travel proximally along the jaws 504 .
- the distal driver 542 is configured to perform multiple functions, including closing and opening jaws 504 cutting surgical structures located between the jaws 504 when the jaws 504 are in the closed configuration, installing implants, e.g., the implant 10 , disposed with the jaws 504 , etc.
- the device driver 542 may be movably or slidably mounted along a length of the end effector 502 .
- the device driver 542 as shown in FIGS.
- 54C and 55A may include a bottom, lower, or first body portion 568 that engages a lower surface of lower jaw frame 552 of the jaw 504 b and a top, upper, or second body portion 570 that engages an upper surface of the upper jaw 504 a .
- a rigid intermediate third body portion 572 may extend between and connect the first and second body portions 568 and 570 .
- the first, second and third body portions 568 , 570 , and 572 may give the device driver 542 a shape that resembles an I-beam configuration, as shown best in FIG. 54C .
- the bottom body portion 568 of driver 542 may be slidably mounted on a set of rails 574 of the lower jaw 504 b so that the driver 542 can be driven back and forth, e.g., via the cables 544 and 546 , reciprocally between a proximal end location, e.g., shown in FIGS. 54A-54C , and a distal end location proximally adjacent the pulley 556 , e.g., shown in FIGS. 55A-55C .
- the top body portion 562 of the driver 542 is located on the top surface of upper jaw 504 a when assembled (e.g., with respect to FIGS. 54A-55C , and can best be seen in FIG. 55B ) opposite the second body portion 570 having flanges or portions located above and/or below the rails 574 .
- the first and second portions 568 and 570 may be, for example, one or more tabs, flanges, or other features dimensioned to prevent disengagement of the jaws 504 from between the first and second body portions 568 and 570 .
- a pair of slots 576 and 578 may be included in the upper jaw 504 a and the lower jaw 504 b , respectively, through which the third body portion 572 extends and along which the intermediate body portion 572 of distal driver 542 slides or travels as the distal driver 542 is translated distally and proximally relative to the jaws 504 .
- a blade, knife, cutter, or cutting implement 580 may be connected to, formed on, integral with, or otherwise form a part of a distal surface of third body portion 572 for purposes of severing tissue, implants such as the surgical implant 10 , and/or other surgical structures positioned between the jaws 504 and along the length of the slot 578 .
- cutting of surgical structures can be performed via the cutter 580 .
- the cutting implement 580 may be positioned between the rows, such that the cutting operation with the driver 542 acts to sever the installed surgical implant, and the corresponding surgical structure on which the implant is installed, into two portions, one on each side of the cut made by the cutting implement 580 of the driver 542 .
- the cutting implement 580 severs the bridge 37 , while in other embodiments the cutting implement 580 does not travel down the entire length of the jaws 504 , such that the bridge 37 at the distal end of the implant (see e.g., FIG. 1 ) or other connecting element between rows of the implant is not cut, leaving the two rows attached at their distal portions.
- the implant 10 has a length of about 60 mm, while the cutting implement 580 travels about 55 mm of this length.
- initial distal advancement of the driver 542 from the proximal end of the jaws 504 initially toward the distal end e.g., by drawing on the cable 544 (e.g., spooling onto the spool 548 a while allowing cable 546 to lengthen (e.g., unspooling from the spool 548 b ), causes the jaws 504 to close shut, as shown in FIG. 55B-55C .
- the distal driver 542 draws the top jaw 504 a toward the bottom jaw 504 b by squeezing the jaws 504 between the top body portion 570 and the flange 576 of the bottom body portion 568 as the distal driver 542 is distally advanced.
- the top body portion 570 is initially located in a curved or angled recess 582 of the jaw 504 a when the driver 542 is in its initial position.
- the recess 582 includes a distal sloped surface 583 a and a proximal sloped surface 583 b .
- the top body portion 570 will press against the surface 583 a , forcing the jaw 504 a to rotate toward the opposite jaw 504 b , thereby closing the jaws 504 .
- a spring or biasing element 581 may be included to urge the jaws 504 into their open configuration when the driver 542 is aligned with the recess 582 .
- the jaws 504 can be transitioned between their opened and closed configurations by moving the top body portion 570 of the driver distally and proximally within the recess 582 .
- the jaws 504 are opened at an angle of about 30° to 60°, and preferably about 45°.
- one or more shields 584 and/or 585 may be located on the upper and lower jaws 504 a and/or 504 b , respectively. That is, the shields 584 prevent any tissue or surgical structures from being positioned too deeply into the jaws 504 , thereby ensuring that the cutter 580 of the distal driver 542 does not encounter or cut tissue or other surgical structures until after the surgical implant, e.g., the implant 10 , is installed via the applicator 500 . The cutting implement 580 does not travel past the shields 584 and/or 585 until the jaws have been fully closed.
- the driver 542 may include a driving ramp for each row of fastener subassemblies included by the implant.
- the device 500 is arranged with a pair of ramps 586 a and 586 b (collectively, “the ramps 586 ”), as shown in FIGS. 54C and 55A , corresponding to the rows 35 a and 35 b of the implant 10 . It is noted that only one ramp is needed in embodiments in which the implant has only a single row of fasteners.
- the ramps 586 each include a distal engagement surface 588 , which is ramped up to a peak 590 , which may take the form of a flattened section.
- the surfaces 588 of the ramps 586 engage against one or more pushers 592 , corresponding to the number of fasteners of the implant being installed by the applicator 500 .
- the pushers 592 are arranged in two rows of ten pushers, corresponding to the two rows 35 of ten fasteners 32 of the implant 10 .
- the pushers can be configured to engage and advance more than one fastener at a time so fewer pushers can be provided.
- the pushers are arranged to engage and/or receive each fasteners and/or compressible towers of the deployment segments of the implant being implanted by the applicator.
- the pushers 592 of the applicator 500 include pockets 594 configured to receive the fasteners 32 and the towers 30 of the deployment segments 28 of the deployment member 14 of the implant 10 therein.
- FIG. 56B is a longitudinal sectional view taken along line B-B in FIG. 56A and illustrates the pushers 592 , each being aligned with one of the towers 30 of the surgical implant 10 . In this way, distal movement of the driver 542 causes the pushers 592 to first engage, and then climb, the surfaces 588 of the ramps 586 .
- the pushers 592 can be set with respect to each other such that when the pushers 592 reach the peak 590 , the pushers 592 displace the fasteners 32 (e.g., by compressing the towers 30 , as described above) a sufficient distance to cause or ensure that the barbs 42 at the ends of the tips 40 of the legs 36 engage with the retainer 44 in the receiving member 12 and/or the receiving segments, e.g., the segments 20 , held by the jaw 504 a opposite thereto.
- the fasteners 32 e.g., by compressing the towers 30 , as described above
- the ramps 586 may include a proximal engagement surface 596 , sloping opposite to that of surface 588 which gradually returns the pushers 592 to their initial positions and enables the driver 542 to be returned past the pushers 592 when the driver 542 is moved proximally back to its initial position.
- the distal ramp surface 588 may rise at a smaller angle than the angle at which the proximal ramp surface 596 falls.
- the distal surface 588 drives each of the pushers 592 at a more gradual rate than the rate at which the ramp 586 enables the pushers 592 to return to their initial positions via the proximal surfaces 596 .
- This may provide a more controlled driving of the fasteners 32 by the pushers 592 through the tissue or other surgical structure and into the opposite member, e.g., the receiving member 12 of the surgical implant 10 , while more rapidly enabling the pushers 592 to move away from the surgical implant 10 as the driver 542 is moved distally.
- the peak 590 may be arranged as a substantially horizontal surface that briefly sustains a maximum driving force of the driver 542 and the pushers 592 against the surgical implant 10 . It is additionally noted that the proximal surface 596 upon retraction of the pusher 592 will cause the pushers 592 to again be driven toward the opposite jaw, thereby potentially reapplying the actuation force to the fasteners 32 , the towers 30 , etc., which reapplication of force may assist in creating a better seal or more secure connection with the implant, and/or to provide a second opportunity to correctly fire any misfired ones of the fasteners (e.g., to re-actuate ones of the fasteners 32 , which did not engage with the retainer 44 , into engagement with the retainer 44 ).
- the distal driver 542 can be advanced distally along the length of the jaws 504 by drawing on or shortening the cable 544 (e.g., spooling the cable 544 about the spool 548 a ) while simultaneously allowing cable 546 to be pulled and lengthened (e.g., unspooling the cable 546 from the spool 548 b ).
- the distal movement of the driver 542 will simultaneously install the surgical implant 10 , e.g., due to the pushers 592 engaging and climbing the ramps 586 , and cut the tissue or surgical structure clamped between the jaws 504 , due to travel of the cutting implement 580 along the length of the jaws 504 , in a single operation.
- the distal driver 542 may be returned proximally back along the jaws 504 to its initial position at the proximal end of the jaws 504 .
- the return of the distal driver 542 may be driven by shortening the cable 546 (e.g., by spooling the cable 546 about the spool 548 b ) to cause pulling of the driver 542 in the proximal direction, while at the same time allowing the cable 544 to be pulled and lengthened (e.g., by unspooling the cable 544 from the spool 548 a ) to enable the return of the driver 542 to its initial position.
- the cables 544 and 546 pass into the housing 510 of the surgical implant applicator 500 and connect to the spools 548 of the driving mechanism 540 , as described above.
- the driving mechanism 540 is operatively connected to the trigger 514 to enable a user to perform opening and closing operations of the jaws 504 , installation of one or more surgical implants (e.g., the implant 10 ), cutting of tissue or surgical structures located between the jaws 504 , etc., via manipulation of the trigger 514 .
- the trigger 514 may be biased to its initial position shown in FIGS. 51A-51D , e.g., via a spring or biasing element 598 , so that the trigger 514 returns to its initial position after each pull of the trigger 514 toward handle 512 and subsequent release of the pulling force.
- the driving mechanism 540 includes one or more ratchet assemblies 600 , each having a pair of ratchet gears or wheels 602 a and 602 b (collectively, “the ratchet wheels 602 ”) and a lock wheel 604 .
- the wheels 602 and 604 may be secured, fixed, locked, or integrally formed together such that they rotate in unison together.
- the trigger 514 includes one or more drive pawls 606 rotatably mounted thereto that are engagable with the teeth of both of the ratchet wheels 602 . As the trigger 514 is pulled, the pawl 606 engages the teeth on both of the ratchet wheels 602 in order to drive the ratchet wheels 602 .
- the teeth of the ratchet wheels 600 are angled to permit movement of the pawls 606 relative to the teeth in one direction, while rotating the wheels 600 due to movement of the pawl 606 in the other direction.
- pulling the trigger 514 toward the handle 512 causes the pawls 606 to grab the teeth of the wheels 602 , rotating the wheels 602 (and the lock wheel 604 ) in the counterclockwise direction with respect to the orientation shown in FIGS. 51A-51D .
- the driving mechanism 540 may include a second one of the assemblies 600 and of the pawls 606 located on the opposite side of a follower gear 608 (discussed below) that are arranged as mirror images to the assembly 600 and the pawl 606 , and which function in essentially the same manner described above, thereby providing redundancy and balance to operation of the mechanism 540 .
- the mechanism 540 is shown in FIG. 57A with one of the assemblies 600 and with the drive spool 548 b removed for clarity of the components of the mechanism 540 that may be hidden in the other Figures.
- the assembly 600 may include an interlock 610 , shown best in FIGS. 57B-57C , which has a protrusion 612 that engages or catches a lip or shoulder 614 of the trigger 514 to lock trigger 514 relative to ratchet wheels 602 .
- the interlock 610 in combination with the pawl 606 causes the trigger 514 and the ratchet wheels 602 to move in unison in both directions of movement of the trigger 514 , until the interlock 610 is released.
- the interlock 610 may be spring-loaded such that it can be pushed away from the trigger 514 , removing the interference between the lip 614 of the trigger 514 and the protrusion 612 of the interlock 610 .
- the trigger 514 is shown in its initial position in FIGS. 51A-51D and in a first or intermediate actuation position in FIGS. 58A-58D .
- the drive mechanism 540 may include a safety mechanism 616 that includes a pin, shaft, or rod 618 extending laterally into or through the housing 510 that is arranged to encounter a shoulder 620 of the lock wheel 604 in order to block or prevent the trigger 514 from rotating further toward and closer to the handle 512 .
- the lock wheel 604 may include a scalloped portion to create the shoulder 620 , or the shoulder 620 may be formed as a protrusion extending radially outwardly therefrom. Moving the trigger 514 between its initial (e.g., FIGS.
- first actuation positions e.g., FIGS. 58A-58D
- the ratchet assembly 600 moves in unison with the trigger 514 as it travels to back and forth between its initial position and the first actuation position.
- Rotation of the assemblies 600 causes corresponding rotation of the follower gear 608 .
- the follower gear 608 located between the pair of the assemblies 600 in the illustrated embodiment, may be in operable communication with the assemblies 600 via a dowel 622 that extends between the assemblies 600 .
- a portion of dowel 622 may extend through and be translatable along a cam slot 624 formed in the follower gear 608 .
- the outline of the follower gear 608 including the slot 624 , is highlighted in FIGS. 51D , 58 D, 59 D, and 60 D to show the relative location of the dowel 622 in the slot 624 as the applicator 500 is operated through its various stages.
- the dowel 622 draws against the slot 624 and drives the follower gear 608 to rotate about a pin 626 connected to the housing 510 (e.g., also in the counterclockwise direction, as shown in FIGS. 51A-51D and 58 A- 58 D).
- the follower gear 608 includes teeth that mesh with corresponding teeth of a gear 628 .
- the gear 628 is fixed relative to the spools 548 to cause the spools 548 to rotate about a pin or axle 630 .
- rotation of the spools 548 causes the cables 544 and 546 to be spooled and/or unspooled therefrom in order to move the driver 542 along the length of the jaws 504 .
- the rotation of trigger 514 thereby causes the assemblies 600 to rotate, which in turn causes rotation of the follower gear 608 , which drives the spools 548 to spool and unspool the cables 544 and 546 , and ultimately controls movement of the driver 542 along the jaws 504 .
- the initial position of the trigger 514 may accordingly be set to position the driver 542 in its initial position at the proximal end of the jaws 504 , with the top body portion 570 located in the recess 582 . Accordingly, moving the trigger 514 to its first actuation position may cause the driver to be moved a limited distance distally and drive the top body portion 570 against the surface 583 a , such that the first actuation position of the trigger 514 corresponds to the closed configuration of the jaws 504 .
- releasing actuation force on the trigger 514 and permitting the trigger 514 to return to its initial position may cause the driver 542 to be moved proximally back to the initial position, causing the top portion 570 to encounter the surface 583 b , thereby reopening the jaws 504 .
- moving the trigger 514 between its initial position and its first actuation position may be used in the illustrated embodiment to open and close the jaws 504 .
- the safety mechanism 616 is provided to establish a first actuation position for the trigger 514 and prevent the trigger 514 from moving further toward the handle 512 from the first actuation position. In this way, before the safety mechanism 616 is released or unlocked, the safety mechanism 616 enables the operator to easily and repeatedly close and open the jaws 504 , e.g., for purposes of locating the desired surgical target location prior to implanting the surgical implant 10 and cutting tissue or other surgical structures, as discussed above, without risk of prematurely fully actuating the driver 542 .
- the safety mechanism 616 can prevent the driver 542 from being distally moved to a location at which the ramp 586 engages the pushers 592 and/or at which the cutting implement 580 is moved distally beyond the shields 584 and/or 585 , until implant installation and/or cutting operations are desired.
- the rod 618 extends through and protrudes out of both sides of the housing 510 of proximal assembly 506 , thereby enabling the rod 618 to be actuated from either side of the applicator 500 .
- the safety mechanism 616 can be switched off, disabled, unlocked, or released by pushing in the rod 618 into the housing 510 from either side of the housing 510 .
- the rod 618 may be biased toward its initial, locked, or safety position by one or more biasing members 634 , such as springs, such that the safety position is the default.
- the rod 618 includes larger diameter portions 636 and smaller diameter portions 638 . Actuation of the rod 618 out of the safety position causes the smaller diameter portions 638 to become aligned with each of the shoulders 620 of the lock wheels 604 .
- the lock wheel 604 may be fixed relative to ratchet wheels 602 , which are fixed relative to each other.
- the larger diameter portions 636 are aligned with the shoulders 620 , so that the shoulders 620 contact and abut against the portions 636 to limit rotation of the lock wheels 604 and therefore the entirety of the assemblies 600 as noted above.
- the smaller diameter portions 638 are aligned with the shoulders 620 , enabling the shoulders to rotate past the rod 618 , thereby enabling the assemblies 600 to be fully rotated.
- the trigger 514 can advance the ratchet gears 602 only so far as the point where shoulder 620 contacts the larger diameter portion 636 of the rod 618 of the safety mechanism 616 , which limits the amount of take-up and let-out of the cables 544 and 546 , consequently limiting the possible travel distance of driver 542 .
- the trigger 514 When the shoulders 620 are aligned with the smaller diameter portions 638 , the trigger 514 is permitted to be pulled slightly closer to the handle 512 , into a second actuation position, which may also be referred to as the fully actuated position.
- the applicator 500 is illustrated with the trigger 514 in the fully actuated position in FIGS. 59A-59D .
- the wheels 602 are further rotated as the shoulders 620 pass the smaller diameter portions 638 .
- the relatively larger diameter of the shoulder 620 becomes positioned between the larger diameter portions 636 of the safety rod 618 , preventing the springs 634 from being able to return the rod 618 to the safety position, thereby locking the rod 618 in position to allow firing (installation of the implant and cutting).
- the operator of the applicator 500 can direct further operations of the end effector 502 using the trigger 514 .
- the operator can further operate the surgical implant applicator 500 to install the surgical implant(s) 10 and/or cut tissue or other surgical structures. That is, for example, continued rotation of the trigger 514 can be used to actuate the mechanism 540 and spool and unspool the cables 544 and 546 from the spools 548 , which causes the driver 542 to traverse along the length of the jaws 504 and provides the implant installation and cutting functions described above.
- the drive mechanism 540 may include one or more pawls 640 rotatably mounted to the housing 510 of the proximal assembly 506 .
- Each of the pawls 640 is arranged, unlike the pawl 606 , to engage only the ratchet wheel 602 a (and thus, not the wheel 602 b ) of the corresponding assembly 600 .
- the pawls 640 are configured to prevent reverse rotation of the ratchet wheels 602 after the wheels 602 are rotated by the trigger 514 .
- the wheel 602 a includes a cutout 642 ( FIG. 51C ), where no gear teeth are present. As can be seen by comparing FIG. 51C (in which the trigger 514 is in its initial position) and FIG.
- the pawl 640 remains aligned with the cutout 642 during movement of the trigger 514 between its initial and intermediate actuation positions. That is, the pawls 640 slide along the cutouts 642 during both forward and reverse rotation of the ratchet wheels 602 when the trigger 514 is between its initial and intermediate positions, so that the trigger 514 can be operated to repeatedly open and close the jaws 504 without the pawls 640 interfering.
- the safety mechanism 616 After the safety mechanism 616 has been released, e.g., by pushing the rod 618 toward the housing 510 , further actuation of the trigger 514 to its fully actuated position will cause the wheels 602 to rotate such that the pawl 640 exits the cutout 642 and can engage with the teeth of the wheel 602 a . That is, the teeth of the wheel 602 a and the pawl 640 are arranged to permit movement of the teeth relative to the pawl 640 in one direction (e.g., counter-clockwise due to actuation by the trigger 514 ), but such that the pawl 640 will lockingly engage the teeth of the wheel 602 in the opposite direction.
- actuating the trigger 514 to its fully actuated position may in one embodiment activate a motor to drive the spools 548 .
- the mechanism 540 may include the interlock 610 .
- the interlock 610 may be configured such that when the operator pulls the trigger 514 further toward the handle 512 from the intermediate actuation position, a ramped portion 644 of the interlock 610 is driven against a protrusion 645 of a raised portion 646 on the housing 510 or some other component to which the wheels 602 are mounted (e.g., see FIGS. 57B-57C discussed above, FIG. 57D , which illustrates one half of the housing 510 , and FIG.
- the interlock 610 includes a spring or biasing member 647 in a cavity 649 , which enables the aforementioned release of the interlock 610 . In this way, releasing the interlock 610 enables the trigger 514 to rotate back toward its initial position, while the assemblies 600 are prevented from doing so due to the pawl 640 .
- the driver 542 progressively actuates the pushers 592 and fires the segments 28 and/or the towers 30 of the surgical implant 10 to cause the fasteners 32 to pierce through the tissue and/or other surgical structures located between the jaws 504 , and secure the halves, e.g., the receiver member 12 and the deployment member 14 , of the implant together.
- the cutter 580 progressively cuts through the tissue and/or other surgical structures.
- FIGS. 60A-60D show the orientation of the mechanism 540 after the trigger 514 has been pulled a sufficient number of times to fully actuate the driver 542 distally and position the driver 542 at the distal end of the jaws 504 .
- the dowel 622 has just crossed a mid-point of the slot 624 .
- continued rotation of the ratchet wheels 602 causes the dowel 622 to drive the follower gear 608 in an opposite direction, e.g., clockwise with respect to the orientation of FIGS. 60A-60D .
- the wheels 602 are orientated such that the housing pawls 640 are aligned again with the cutouts 642 .
- the angular position of the assembly 600 in the fully returned position, causes the interlock 610 to be out of alignment with the raised portion 646 and therefore no longer held in a depressed position.
- the interlock 610 is able to spring or move back out to cause engagement of the protrusion 612 with the lip 614 of the trigger 514 .
- the surgical implant applicator 500 is fully reset and ready to be loaded with another surgical implant 10 .
- the applicator can be designed for single use where it is utilized for a single firing of the implant into the tissue or other structure. Alternatively, it can be designed for multiple firings in a single patient with fresh implants inserted into the jaws.
- the halves of the implant are directly loaded into the jaws of an applicator (e.g., the jaws 504 of the applicator 500 ).
- one or more of the halves are pre-loaded into a loading assembly or loader, which is then loaded into the jaws.
- FIGS. 61A-61C illustrate the deployment member 14 of the surgical implant 10 preloaded into a loader or loading assembly 650 before the loading assembly 650 is loaded into the jaw 504 b .
- the loading assembly 650 comprises a carrier 652 and the deployment member 14 of surgical implant 10 .
- Carrier 652 may be made of polycarbonate, acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) plastic, or other sufficiently strong polymer, for example.
- the pushers 592 may optionally be included in the loading assembly 650 , or alternatively carried by the jaw 504 b . It is noted that other implant halves besides the deployment member 14 may be loaded into loading assemblies according to other embodiments of the present invention. Additionally, if practical the entire implant, e.g., a hinged implant 1010 in FIG. 77 having the members 12 and 14 connected by a hinge 1012 , but which otherwise resembles the implant 10 discussed above, may be so loaded.
- the loading assembly 650 may be loaded into the jaw 504 b by inserting proximal end portions 654 of the carrier 652 beneath a corresponding set of holding features 656 , such as hinges, hooks, shoulders, ledges, projections, or the like, provided in the frame 552 of the jaw 504 b (e.g., see FIGS. 54B and 61A ).
- the carrier 652 Near its distal end, the carrier 652 includes a pair of slots 658 and a recess 660 , which are complementarily arranged to receive a shaft 662 of the pulley 556 and the pulley 556 , respectively.
- the distal end of the carrier 652 is attached to jaw 504 b with a snap fit of shaft 662 into the slots 658 by pressing the distal end portion of the loading assembly 700 against the jaw 504 b .
- the carrier 652 may initially be positioned with the end portions 654 located beneath the holding features 656 and with the carrier 652 at an angle relative to the jaw 504 b (e.g., preferably an angle of about 15° to 30°, but the angle could be smaller than 15° or larger than 30°), such that the engagement of the end portions 654 and the holding features 656 acts like a hinge to rotate the carrier 652 about the holding features 656 when pressing down on the proximal end of the carrier 652 in order to secure the carrier 652 to the jaw 504 b.
- an angle relative to the jaw 504 b e.g., preferably an angle of about 15° to 30°, but the angle could be smaller than 15° or larger than 30°
- Ribs or webbing of the implant held by the jaws 504 of the applicator 500 may facilitate alignment of the implant with the jaws 504 , and form a friction fit between the surgical implant and the jaws 504 , etc., to help retain the implant in the jaws against the force of gravity.
- ribs may be aligned and/or form a compression or friction fit with corresponding grooves 664 formed in upper jaw 504 a .
- the ribs 29 may be aligned and/or form a compression or friction fit with corresponding grooves 665 in the lower jaw 504 b .
- the jaw 504 a may additionally or alternatively include openings suitably arranged to align with and/or frictionally engage the shields 22 of the receiver member 12 of the implant 10 .
- the jaw 504 a in the illustrated embodiment includes a plurality of openings 666 sized and spaced to align with and receive the shields 22 upon installation of the receiver member 12 with the jaw 504 a .
- a compression fit formed between the members 12 and/or 14 and the jaws 504 may be sufficiently strong to retain the halves of the surgical implant 10 in the jaws 504 during the installation process, or other manners of releasable connection are possible, including adhesives, mechanical fasteners, components, e.g., flanges or rails, of the jaws 504 that initially support the halves of the implant and then are moved into a non-supporting position (e.g., due to the passage of the driver 542 moving the structures), etc.
- the surgical implant applicator 500 is configured for the ability to install a sequence of two or more surgical implants 10 in a head-to-tail arrangement (e.g., a proximal end of a second one of the surgical implants 10 adjacent to a distal end of a first of the surgical implants 10 ), if needed or desired.
- a sequence of two or more surgical implants 10 in a head-to-tail arrangement e.g., a proximal end of a second one of the surgical implants 10 adjacent to a distal end of a first of the surgical implants 10
- two or more of the implants can be installed in a head-to-tail arrangement in order to extend the length of the seal and cut resulting therefrom.
- FIGS. 62A-62D show portions of the jaws 504 and FIGS.
- 63A-63E illustrate one example of a procedure wherein a first surgical implant 10 ′ and a second surgical implant 10 ′′ have been installed in a target structure 700 .
- the implants 10 ′ and 10 ′′ may exactly resemble the implant 10 (or any of the aforedescribed alternate embodiments of the implant) discussed above, and are given prime and double prime symbols for the sake of clarity in discussion.
- a target surgical site 702 is first determined for establishing a seal or connection with the implants 10 ′ and 10 ′′ and establishing a location for a cut as indicated by a dashed line 704 . Since the length of the target site 702 is longer than that of the implants 10 ′ and 10 ′′, the site is broken down into multiple sub-sites 705 a and 705 b , equal to or less than the length of the implants 10 ′ and 10 ′′.
- 63B and 63C illustrate the structure 700 after the first implant 10 ′ has been installed at the target sub-site 705 a and the tissue structure 700 has been cut between the rows of the implant 10 ′, enabling the cut and sealed portions of the structure 700 to separate from each other as shown in FIGS. 63C and 63D .
- the first implant 10 ′ after cutting, may be spread wide by the jaws 504 to part the cut portions of the structure 700 away from each other.
- the shields 585 are sharply or acutely angled with respect to the axis 520 of the jaws 504 .
- a gap 668 may be formed between the shields 585 and the next implant to be installed (e.g., the implant 10 ′′). As shown in FIG.
- the distal end of the already installed implant 10 ′ may be positioned in the gap 668 and the jaws 504 closed over the distal end of the implant 10 ′ after the second implant 10 ′′ is installed in the jaws 504 .
- the angle of shields 585 causes the already installed implant 10 ′ to spread from a first angle to a second angle larger than the first, and the portions of the cut tissue or other structure to widen, as illustrated in FIG. 63D .
- the structure 700 is again sealed and cut to separate the structure 700 into discrete halves 700 a and 700 b , as illustrated in FIG. 63E .
- Cutting of the connected vertex of implant 10 ′ may occur during the cutting of implant 10 ′′ (as suggested by FIGS. 63A-63E ), but may alternatively occur during the cutting of implant 10 ′, or as an entirely separate step occurring prior to, after, or intermediate the cutting of implant 10 ′ and implant 10 ′′.
- the present disclosure is directed to novel systems and methods for sealing and/or connecting tissue and non-tissue structures using the surgical implant 10 and other implants described herein, the applicator 500 and other applicators described herein, and the system 1000 and other systems described herein.
- the implant 10 is installed with the surgical implant applicator 500 .
- the method involves securing together one or more tissue portions via a surgical implant (e.g., the surgical implant 10 ) such that thickness variations in the tissue as well as wide tissue thickness ranges can be accommodated.
- Each half of the implant is brought into opposition through an applied clamping pressure generated by resilient and/or compressible members (e.g., the towers 30 ), which results in a relatively constant and/or more uniform pressure distribution across the tissue contacting surfaces of the implant, regardless of variations in tissue thickness, than would be experienced by other types of fastening mechanisms, such as staples.
- the system can be used to form a hemostatic seal of various types of tissue and tissues of varying thicknesses. That is, the application of the implant forms a hemostatic seal without inducing an unacceptable degree of necrosis of the clamped or adjoining tissue.
- the system may be used to seal pulmonary parenchyma, or also used to seal the pulmonary artery.
- the method involves loading the implant into an applicator (e.g., the applicator 500 ); positioning the applicator at the surgical site to join or seal one or more tissue portions or structures; actuating the applicator to deploy fasteners (e.g., the fasteners 32 ) and install the implant to form a hemostatic seal with or without the severing of adjoining tissue; an optional step of resizing the length of the implant as needed; and another optional step of resetting the applicator to deploy one or more additional implants.
- the implant may already be loaded (i.e., pre-loaded) prior to positioning the applicator at the at the surgical site, such as in situation in which the implant is loaded at the point of manufacture.
- an implant e.g., the implant 10
- an end effector e.g., the end effector 502
- an implant applier assembly e.g., the applicator 500
- a deployment member e.g., deployment member 14
- a receiving member e.g., the receiving member 12
- a set of jaws e.g., the jaws 504
- each of the deployment member and the receiving member of the implant is positioned within a removable carrier (e.g., the carrier 652 ) of a loading assembly (e.g., the loading assembly 650 ) that is received within a corresponding cavity or receptacle of the jaws.
- the receiving members and the deployment member may be directly attached to the jaws at the point of use or manufacture.
- the applicator (e.g., the applicator 500 ) is inserted into the body with the jaws in the closed position using a minimally invasive procedure involving insertion of its end effector through a trocar or cannula having a diameter of about 5 to about 22 mm, more preferably, about 6 to about 16 mm, and even more preferably about 12 mm.
- the user may activate the articulation actuator and/or the rotation actuator to orient the end effector (e.g., via the positioning assembly 518 ) at the desired surgical site, preferably with the jaws in the closed position.
- the jaws are moved to the open position and the receiving and deployment members are positioned on opposite sides of the tissue defining a defect or other overlapping separate tissue portions such that when deployed, the tips (e.g., the tips 40 ) of a fastener (e.g., the fastener 32 ) is inserted through the tissue portions and a portion of the receiving member.
- the tips of the fastener arrive at opposite sides of the tissue without piercing through the tissue, e.g., located adjacent to the tissue or through openings in the tissue.
- a user can then actuate a trigger (e.g., the trigger 514 ) to close the jaws.
- a trigger e.g., the trigger 514
- one of the jaws moves relative to the stationary jaw. It is also contemplated that both jaws could move relative to each other between open and closed positions.
- a user may then orient and move a safety mechanism (e.g., the safety mechanism 616 having the rod 618 ) in an unlocked position to enable a driver or actuator (e.g., the driver 542 ) to slide or move along the length of the end effector.
- a driver or actuator e.g., the driver 542
- the portion of jaws over which the driver slides may be further compressed together relative to the natural position of jaws in its closed state.
- the driver may engage and move one or more pushers (e.g., the pushers 592 ) towards the opposite jaw.
- the pushers in turn deploy the fastener away from the deployment member, through the one or more tissue portions and into the one or more receiver members opposite thereto.
- the fasteners are fired and deployed along the length of the implant as the driver moves from a first (e.g., proximal) end to a second (e.g., distal) end of the end effector.
- each resilient, biasing, and/or compressible member e.g., each of the towers 30
- each resilient, biasing, and/or compressible member may independently function to adjust for and otherwise accommodate the localized pressure disturbance occurring within each fastener subassembly of the implant (e.g., the subassemblies 34 ). This allows for the implant to maintain a more normalized and/or substantially constant pressure for forming a hemostatic seal than otherwise would be available with other surgical fastener or stapling systems.
- the driver (e.g., the driver 542 ) includes a blade (e.g., the cutting implement 580 ) located in a channel formed in and through the end effector.
- the blade which is preferably towards the side of the driver that moves towards the clamped tissue, may be secured to a body portion of the driver that causes and/or facilitates maintaining the jaws of fixed predetermined distance apart, and further may function to sever tissue and/or any intervening portions of the implant encountered by the blade when moved along a channel along the length of the jaws.
- the driver Upon reaching a second and/or distal end of the end effector, continued actuation of the trigger induces the driver to return to the first and/or proximal end of the end effector.
- the subsequent return of the driver may function as a safety means for ensuring that all of the pushers and the fasteners are deployed along the entire length of the implant.
- a user may then cut between the fastener subassemblies (e.g., through the ribs 23 and/or 29 of the implant 10 ) to remove any excess implant material or otherwise alter the size of the implant.
- the implant can be used on tissue lengths shorter than the implant itself. Additional implants may also be used to seal tissue sections longer than a single implant by directly adjoining the prior implant or may otherwise be connected directly to the prior implant. A series of the implants may be arranged to form a hemostatic seal as a stand-alone procedure or alternatively in conjunction with a tissue resection procedure. The aforementioned situations can allow a single or “standard” length of implant to be used on a variety of different lengths or as different length rows.
- the implant 200 includes a deployment member 202 and a receiver member 204 .
- the deployment member 202 and receiver member 204 are of substantially the same length and are configured and dimensioned to be connected in substantial alignment to one another, on opposite sides of surgical structure to be closed, tacked, secured, or sealed by compressing the surgical structure therebetween.
- the members 202 and 204 are configured so that installation of the implant 200 on different thicknesses of surgical structures can be accomplished within the same implant 200 , as will be described in greater detail and generally akin to the implant 10 discussed above.
- the implant 200 is being applied to a vessel 205 , e.g., a large pulmonary vessel of a patient, so as to transversely and completely seal off the vessel 205 .
- the base of deployment member 202 may in some embodiments be made of a soft, flexible material, preferably silicone rubber, but could, alternatively or additionally be composed of one or more of other soft, biocompatible material suitable for implantation, such as, but not limited to polyurethane, thermoplastic elastomer (TPE), natural rubber, latex, bio-absorbable polymers, etc.
- Deployment member 202 further includes clips, fasteners, or anchors 206 , including those of the type described above, that are actuatable to be driven out of deployment member 202 , through the tissue 205 and into a receiver or anchor base 208 in receiver member 204 .
- the anchor base 208 comprises a retainer 210 , generally resembling the retainer 44 (or its variants) discussed above.
- the retainer 210 in the illustrated embodiment may comprises a layer of mesh or woven material embedded or molded in the anchor base 208 of the receiver member 204 , or is otherwise fixed to the main body of the receiver member 204 .
- the retainer 210 may optionally be made of polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyetheretherketone (PEEK), nylon, or other polymers, cotton, or other fibrous materials, etc.
- the anchor 206 may include fasteners in the form of one or more legs, shanks, or pins 212 arranged to be actuated through a surgical material positioned between the deployment member 202 and the receiver member 204 .
- the pins 212 may be made of stainless steel, titanium or other biocompatible metals, metal alloys, and/or rigid, biocompatible polymers.
- the pins 212 may extend from a base body 213 .
- Each pin 212 is provided with a series of barbs 214 that extend along a length of the pin 212 . Further optionally, the pins 212 and/or the barbs 214 may be overmolded by the material of the deployment member 202 , e.g., silicone or other soft polymer.
- each pin 212 As each pin 212 is driven toward the tissue 205 or other surgical structure and into the anchor base 208 , each pin 212 passes through one of the mesh openings 216 (see FIG. 65 ) and is driven along a distance determined by a predetermined driving force and the thickness of the tissue 205 that exists between the deployment member 202 and receiver member 204 at the location of that anchor 206 .
- Implant 200 can be applied using the applicators described herein.
- FIGS. 67-68 show alternate embodiments in which an anchor 218 and an anchor 219 comprise a pair of substantially parallel pins 220 and 221 , respectively, each pair of pins having alternating barbs 222 that extend respectively from a base 223 and a base 224 against which a driving or actuation force may applied to drive the anchor members 218 and/or 219 .
- the two pins 220 and/or 221 when deployed pass through two of the openings 216 in the anchor base 208 .
- the barbs 222 alternate from side-to-side of the pins 220 and 221 so that no barb 222 is transversely aligned (along or parallel to a transverse axis 225 of the pins 220 and/or 221 ) with another barb 222 on the same pin.
- the transverse axis 225 is aligned with a plane 226
- the transverse axis 225 is normal to the plane 226 .
- all barbs 222 substantially in or parallel to the plane 226 in FIG. 67 , but in FIG. 68 , the barbs 222 lie in planes normal to the plane 226 .
- the anchor 206 , 218 , 219 may be stamped from stainless steel or other suitable material and the pins 220 and/or 221 are bent at an angle perpendicular to the bases 223 and/or 224 of the anchors 218 and 219 , respectively. Additionally, the barbs 222 of one of the pins 220 and/or 221 are in a plane that is parallel to a plane in which the barbs 222 of the other pin lie.
- the anchors 218 , 219 form part of the implant which is otherwise the same as the aforedescribed implant of FIGS. 64-66 , and can be applied in a similar manner.
- the barbs 214 , 222 , (and 42 ), etc. that may be employed include, but are not limited to, forming the barb by piercing a “V” or other generally pointed shape into a base structure and bending the “V” or other shape outward; skive barbs formed by sliding a blade, or skive, along the structure and driving the blade into the structure, such as commonly used for fishing hooks; micro barbs, e.g., barbs having a plurality of very small protrusions in the range of approximately 0.010′′ or smaller, etc.
- the pins 212 , 220 , and/or 221 may be configured so that the free ends/distal tips 230 bend over after deployment to further secure the corresponding anchor from releasing from the retainer, e.g., the retainer 44 and/or 210 . It is to be appreciated that any discussion of any component from one embodiment herein generally applies to like-components from other embodiments, whether or not the same name is used to refer to both (and in fact, with reference to some embodiments, different names are purposely used for like-components from different embodiments for the sake of clarity in discussing those particular components).
- the anchors 206 , 218 , and/or 219 may include a single one of the pins 212 , 220 , and/or 221 , or any number thereof.
- the legs 36 may be arranged to be bent over after deployment to further secure a surgical structure in place.
- the distal tips pass through the tissue 205 and the openings 216 of anchor base 208 and/or the openings of the retainer, to a depth that is dependent on the tissue thickness through which each anchor 206 passes. If the barbs 214 are alternatingly positioned along the length of the pin as described above with respect to the barbs 222 , the opening 216 is not stretched as the barbs 214 pass therethrough, but is rather shifted back and forth by the alternating barbs.
- the driving force is removed and the last barb 214 having passed through the opening 216 for each pin 212 catches against the anchor base 208 material surrounding the opening 216 , thereby maintaining the closure pressure initially applied by an apparatus for closing the members 202 and 204 together against the vessel 205 .
- the apparatus can then be removed.
- the main body of the deployment member 202 includes a resilient and/or compressible member, suspension, spring, biasing member to provide a biasing force similar to the towers 30 discussed above.
- a cavity or hollow 232 is provided, which enables the portions of the member 202 opposite the cavity to flex and bend, thereby acting as a spring to assist in maintaining the closing/sealing pressure on the tissue 205 held between the members 202 and 204 , but avoid necrosis of the tissue 205 therebetween.
- the hollow 232 helps provide a similar variable function as the towers 30 of the implant 10 discussed above.
- the main body of the deployment member 202 is perforated, being provided with through holes 233 that extend through the body from a face 234 contacting the tissue 205 , to allow fluid communication to the tissue 205 between the members 202 and 204 , further avoiding necrosis and promoting healing/scarring.
- leading ends 235 and 236 of the members 202 and 204 may have a convex shape and trailing ends 237 and 238 may have a concave shape that mates with the convex shape (or vice versa) as shown in FIG.
- mating shapes are not limited to concave and convex, as virtually any other mating shapes could be employed, as well as non-mating shapes.
- FIG. 65 is an enlarged view of a leading end portion of the implant 200 without showing the tissue for better visualization of the relationship between the anchors 206 and anchor base 208 upon deployment.
- the anchor base 208 can be provided as a continuous sheet that runs substantially along the full length and width of the receiver member 204 , at least to an extent that extends beyond the length and width of the area occupied by the anchors 206 on the opposing deployment member 202 . Because of this, multiple openings 216 are available for each distal tip of each pin 212 (or pins 220 , 221 ) of each anchor 206 to potentially pass through.
- the anchor 206 does not need to be aligned with any particular opening 216 , as it can pass through any opening 216 in the vicinity of where it is driven and then anchored to the base 208 upon release of driving force in a manner as described above. It is again to be appreciated that the implant 10 offered similar advantages and acceptable performance under even loose tolerances.
- the anchor base 208 can be molded into the receiver member 204 .
- the anchor base 208 can be mounted to a face 240 of the receiver member 204 that faces the deployment member 202 and contacts the surgical structure.
- the deployment member 202 of the implant 200 may include a retainer, e.g. the retainer 210 , disposed or embedded therein.
- the deployment member 202 may include grooves 217 (preferably formed by molding, but could be machined or otherwise cut in) to hold the base bodies 213 and thus the anchor 206 , prior to deployment.
- the material portion of the deployment member 202 between the bases 213 and the surgical structure is compliant so that it maintains the anchors 206 in tension against the retainer 210 after deployment and engagement with the retainer 210 .
- the face 236 of the deployment member 202 to be applied to the surgical structure may be provided with ridges 244 extending along the sides, which are raised, relative to the remainder of the face 236 to concentrate sealing action away from the anchors 206 so as to minimize risks of leakage through the holes in the surgical structure formed by piercing through the surgical structure with the anchors 206 .
- the face 240 of the receiver member 204 that faces the deployment member 202 may be provided with longitudinally extending ridges similar to the ridges 244 along the side lengths thereof that extend lower than the remainder of the face 240 so as to minimize the risk of leakage due to the holes pierced through the surgical structure by the pins 212 on the receiver member 204 side of the surgical structure.
- Slots 248 may be provided in the receiver member 204 that may extend from the face 240 of the receiver member 204 , and into shields or protrusions 250 extending dorsally from the of the receiver member 204 .
- Protrusions 250 are provided to ensure that the pins 212 of the anchors 206 do not extend out of the receiver member 204 after deployment.
- Protrusions 250 are provided with a height sufficient to ensure that the pins 212 cannot extend out of the receiver member 204 after deployment, even if there is no surgical structure provided between the deployment member 202 and the receiver member 204 .
- the protrusions can be solid, or alternatively can form a cavity like a shell.
- FIG. 69 is an illustration of a working end portion (distal end portion) of a tool, device, or instrument 300 used to deploy the implants 200 described above with regard to FIGS. 64-68 .
- the instrument 300 and implants 200 may be configured and dimensioned to seal off a vessel, e.g., the vessel 205 , or otherwise be used to secure, close, clamp, tack, etc., various tissue and non-tissue surgical structures.
- the vessel 205 has an outside diameter of about 25 mm, and a compressed thickness (between the members 202 and 204 ) of about 0 to 3 mm, although vessels of other sizes may be sealed by use of the instrument 300 and the implant 200 .
- suitable surgical structures include vessels, parenchyma, gastrointestinal structures, meshes, grafts, etc.
- the instrument 300 includes a set of jaws 302 a and 302 b (collectively, “the jaws 302 ”) arranged to receive and engage the members 202 and 204 .
- the jaws 302 and the members 202 and 204 are together configured and dimensioned to provide about a 57 mm sealing length.
- this configuration is not limiting, as the instrument 300 and implant 200 may be configured and dimensioned to provide a sealing length that is less than or greater than 57 mm.
- two implants 200 are releasably mounted in the jaws 302 for delivery and deployment thereof.
- two of the implants 200 may be secured by a bridge, e.g., resembling the bridge 37 of FIG. 1 , to form a double-rowed implant resembling two of the implants 200 .
- a single implant row, or more than two implant rows can be secured to the jaws.
- the receiver members 204 are releasably mounted, e.g., via friction, in the jaw 302 a and the deployment members 202 are releasably mounted, e.g., via friction, in the jaw 302 b in opposition to the receiving members 204 .
- the proximal end portion of the instrument is not shown, but the instrument 300 includes a shaft 306 extending from the jaws 302 that is connectable to any suitable handle.
- the shaft 306 has a diameter in the range of about 5 mm to about 10 mm, preferably about 7 mm.
- the jaws 302 may be articulated in the manner described above. Other articulation mechanisms are also contemplated.
- the jaws are actuatable to close down on the tissue/vessel 205 as shown in FIG. 70 , either by pivoting movement of one or both of the jaws.
- the jaws 302 can be closed by operation of an actuation member, such as a trigger (not illustrated) similar to the trigger of the embodiment of FIG.
- the jaws 302 can be re-opened and repositioned, if desired, prior to deployment of one or more of the implants 200 .
- implants may be deployed by advancing an actuator or driver 308 from a proximal end of the jaw 302 b to a distal end of the jaw 302 b .
- the driver 308 may comprise a ramped force applicator 310 having a ramped surface 312 that is actuated to push or force the bases 213 of the anchors 206 toward the surgical structure as the applicator 310 passes by the anchors 206 during its traversal from the proximal end to the distal end of the jaw 302 b .
- the ramped surface 312 of the driver 308 in one embodiment may not be rigid, but instead resiliently provide a predetermined spring force so as to apply a predetermined amount of driving or actuating force to the bases 213 to actuate the anchors 206 toward the surgical structure.
- the driver 308 applies a pressure of about 3-30 g/mm ⁇ 2, and preferably about 9 g/mm ⁇ 2 to the anchors 206 .
- the ramped surfaces 312 of the driver 308 are provided on both sides of the jaw 302 b so as to align with both of the implants 200 held by the jaws 302 .
- the driver 308 in between the ramped surfaces 312 , includes a cutting element 316 , such as a sharp blade or knife configured for cutting tissue, vessels, and other surgical structures.
- a cutting element 316 such as a sharp blade or knife configured for cutting tissue, vessels, and other surgical structures.
- the actuating driver 308 can be driven by various types of different force transferors 318 , for example, a rigid or semi-rigid rod, cable, wire, ribbon, or the like, or in the manner of driver 542 described in detail above.
- the force transferors 318 can be driven in compression or tension.
- FIG. 71 is an enlarged, partial view of the instrument 300 , showing a proximal portion of the jaws 302 and articulation joint 320 connecting the jaws 302 to the shaft 306 that extends proximally from the jaws 302 , e.g., toward a handle used by a user to manipulate the instrument 300 .
- the articulation joint 320 in the illustrated embodiment has one degree of freedom, although it is to be appreciated that further degrees of freedom may be used, the shaft 306 may be rotatable, etc.
- the articulation mechanisms of the previously described applicator could also be utilized.
- FIG. 72 illustrates the driver 308 in its distal position.
- the driver 308 has completely severed the surgical structure between the implants 200 and all of the anchors 206 have been driven by the predetermined force to squeeze the surgical structure and secure the surgical structure between the deployment members 202 and the receiver members 204 .
- Different thickness of the surgical structure along the sealing path result in different driving distances of the anchors 206 , as all anchor members are driven up to the same predetermined driving force. For example, a relatively smaller thickness of the surgical structure requires an anchor 206 to be driven by a greater distance into the anchor base than does a relatively larger thickness of the surgical structure.
- FIG. 73 shows the deployed, implanted, or installed implants 200 that remain in the vessel 205 , and a cut 322 between the implants where the vessel 205 is severed, thereby transecting the vessel 205 .
- transecting the vessel 205 may be used, for example, in a vessel harvesting operation, and that other tissue and non-tissue structures can be similarly cut by use of the implants 200 .
- FIG. 74 shows one half of the transected or cut vessel 205 and the corresponding one of the implants 200 in perspective.
- the vessel 205 has been sealed by the deployment of the implant 200 .
- the deployment member 202 and receiver member 204 will abut against one another at locations where there is no tissue, as represented by a set of lines 326 peripheral to the vessel 205 clamped by the implant 200 .
- one or both end portions of the closure device can be cut off (cropped) as shown in FIG. 74 .
- FIG. 74 shows one half of the transected or cut vessel 205 and the corresponding one of the implants 200 in perspective.
- FIG. 74 shows one half of the transected or cut vessel 205 and the corresponding one of the implants 200 in perspective.
- FIG. 74 shows one half of the transected or cut vessel 205 and the corresponding one of the implants 200 in perspective.
- FIG. 74 shows one half of the transected or cut vessel 205 and the corresponding one of the implants 200 in perspective.
- FIG. 74 shows
- FIG. 75 illustrates a vessel 255 having an outside diameter smaller than that of the vessel 205 having been transected and sealed using the implant 200 as described above. Since fewer of the anchors 206 are needed for the smaller size of the vessel 255 , both ends of the implant 200 that extend beyond the width of the vessel 255 are illustrated as having been cut or cropped in FIG. 75 .
- the instrument 300 may be low profile and can be configured and dimensioned so as to be delivered through a port for minimally invasive procedures.
- FIG. 76 is a distal end view of instrument 300 with the jaws 302 in a closed configuration, illustrating the compactness of the design.
- a circle 328 represents a port for inserting the jaws 302 of the instrument 302 through.
- the port represented by the circle 328 has a 12 mm diameter.
- the instrument 300 can include the articulation, rotation and implant firing mechanism described above with regards to FIGS. 50-60D , as well as the aforementioned alternatives.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Surgery (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Medical Informatics (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Prostheses (AREA)
- Surgical Instruments (AREA)
- Reproductive Health (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
Abstract
A surgical implant comprising a receiver member and deployment member for clamping and sealing tissue of variable thickness, a corresponding applicator tool and surgical system for connecting, sealing, fastening and/or attaching tissue to itself, to other tissue and/or to non-tissue structures, and/or sealing the flow of fluid at and/or between structures such as tissue and vessel structures.
Description
- This application claims the benefit of priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/947,956, filed on Mar. 4, 2014, and International Patent Cooperation Treaty Application Serial No. PCT/US15/18839, filed on Mar. 4, 2015, the entire contents thereof which are incorporated by reference herein.
- The present disclosure relates to devices, systems, tools, and/or methods useful for connecting, sealing, fastening, and/or attaching to itself or other tissue and/or non-tissue structures, and/or sealing the flow of fluid at and/or between structures such as tissue and vessel structures of a human or non-human mammal.
- In the discussion of the background that follows, reference is made to certain structures and/or methods. However, the following references should not be construed as an admission that these structures and/or methods constitute prior art. Applicant expressly reserves the right to demonstrate that such structures and/or methods do not qualify as prior art.
- Various devices and tools are known in the medical arts for sealing the flow of fluid through tissue structures in a patient. Common examples include bipolar, monopolar, and other radiofrequency (RF) and thermal energy sealers, staplers, and two-part fasteners. While these devices generally work for their intended uses, each solution is not without its tradeoffs. For example, RF and thermal energy sealers require the availability of a source of energy as well as high power requirements and can scorch or burn tissue due to overheating. Medical staplers and two-part fastener appliers must be accurately and precisely toleranced during manufacture and aligned during use in order to ensure proper engagement and functioning with respect to the tissue chosen for stapling. Medical staplers and two-part fastener appliers are also generally configured for certain tissue sizes and thicknesses and do not accommodate easily various tissue thicknesses. In view of these and other tradeoffs, there is the ever-present desire for new and alternate devices and tools for connecting tissue to itself or other tissue and non-tissue structures, and/or sealing the flow of fluid at and/or between tissue structures of a patient.
- A surgical implant according to an example embodiment of the present invention comprises a deployment member having a first base with a first tissue contacting surface. At least one fastener is disposed within the deployment member. A receiver member having a second base with a second tissue contacting surface facing the first tissue contacting surface of the deployment member. A retainer is embedded within the second base of the receiver member. The fastener is movable with respect to and penetrable through the deployment member, receiver member and any tissue located therebetween to engage the retainer, and wherein engagement of fastener and the retainer couples the deployment and receiver members together.
- A surgical implant according to an example embodiment of the present invention comprises a base having a tissue contacting surface and a first thickness. A suspension having a second thickness extends from the base opposite to the tissue contacting surface. A fastener, movable with respect to the base, is coupled to the suspension to compress the suspension as the fastener is inserted into the base.
- According to the example embodiment, the suspension is a resilient, compressible member configured as a tower.
- A surgical apparatus according to an example embodiment of the present invention comprises a body and a shaft extending distally from the body. An end effector disposed at a distal end of the shaft includes a first jaw and a second jaw. The first jaw is receivable of a first portion of a surgical implant, and the second jaw is receivable of a second portion of a surgical implant. The first and second jaws are relatively movable with respect to one another between an open position wherein the first and second jaws are spaced apart and a closed position wherein the first and second jaws are proximate to one another. A driver for transitioning the first and second jaws to the closed position engages the first and second jaws, wherein moving the driver distally with respect to the first and second jaws compresses the first and second jaws with respect to one another. An actuator coupled to the driver transfers an actuation force to the driver to transition the first and second jaws to the closed position via tension.
- A surgical implant applicator according to an example embodiment of the present invention comprises a main body and a shaft extending distally from the main body. First and second jaws are disposed at a distal end of the shaft are relatively movable with respect to one another. A driver is movably mounted to the first and second jaws for closing the jaws and deploying tissue fasteners of a surgical implant positionable within the first and second jaws. A trigger is operatively associated with the driver, wherein actuation of the trigger closes the jaws as well as advances the driver towards a distal end of the first and second jaws. Subsequent actuation of the trigger after the driver has reached the distal end of the first and second jaws induces movement of the driver towards a proximal end of the first and second jaws.
- According to an example embodiment, the driver further comprises a blade positioned to engage and sever tissue as the driver is moved along the first and second jaws.
- According to an example embodiment, the applicator further includes a safety mechanism comprising a user actuation rod. When oriented in a first safety position, the rod inhibits movement of the driver until the first and second jaws are closed.
- According to an example embodiment, the rod is spring biased to assume the first position.
- According to an example embodiment, the rod is locked in a second position to allow the driver advance from the proximal end to the distal end of the first and second jaws.
- According to an example embodiment, the applicator further includes a drive mechanism operatively associated with the trigger, driver and safety mechanism. The drive mechanism comprises a flange having a shoulder that abuts the rod when the rod is oriented in the first position. The driver mechanism further includes two ratchet gears coupled to the trigger and positioned on opposite sides of the flange that induces rotation of the flange upon actuation of the trigger. Cables operatively associated with the ratchet gears and operatively associated with the driver and/or one of the first and second jaws transmit force between therebetween.
- According to an example embodiment, the rod has a variable diameter along its length to selectively impede the rotation of flange.
- According to an example embodiment, the applicator further comprises a quarter gear positioned between the two ratchet gears.
- A method for using a surgical implant applicator according to an example embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of actuating a trigger to (i) advance a driver towards a distal end of first and second jaws of the applicator and (ii) deploy tissue fasteners of a surgical implant positioned within the first and second jaws, wherein the driver is movably mounted to the first and second jaws. The method further involves subsequently actuating the trigger after the driver has reached the distal end of the first and second jaws to move the driver towards a proximal end of the first and second jaws.
- According to an example embodiment, the method further involves orienting a rod of a safety mechanism in a first safety position to prevent movement of the driver until the first and second jaws are closed.
- According to an example embodiment, the method further comprises positioning the rod in a second position to allow the driver advance from the proximal end to the distal end of the first and second jaws.
- According to an example embodiment, the method further comprises actuating a blade along a slot of the first and second jaws and severing tissue as the driver is advanced towards a distal end of the first and second jaws.
- According to an example embodiment, the blade is actuated after the tissue fasteners on opposite sides of the blade have been deployed and secure the tissue.
- According to an example embodiment, the method further comprises severing a portion of the surgical implant upon actuation of the blade.
- According to an example embodiment, the method further comprises compressing the surgical implant between the first and second jaws upon closure of the jaws and subsequently further compressing the surgical implant between the closed first and second jaws upon advancing the driver towards the distal end the jaws.
- A surgical implant including a fastener supporting member having a first surface. At least one fastener is supported by the fastener supporting member. A receiver member has a second surface facing the first surface of the fastener supporting member. A retainer is positioned within the receiver member. At least one fastener is deployable from the fastener supporting member toward the receiver member to engage the retainer within the receiver member. Engagement of the retainer by the at least one fastener couples the fastener supporting member and the receiver member together.
- A surgical implant including a fastener carrying member supporting a plurality of fasteners having penetrating tips, the fastener carrying member having a first tissue contacting surface. A receiver member has a second tissue contacting surface. The first and second tissue contacting surfaces positionable opposite each other so that tissue to receive the plurality of fasteners is positionable between the first and second tissue contacting surfaces. Deployment of the fasteners moves the penetrating tips of the fasteners through the fastener carrying member and through the tissue between the first and second tissue contacting surfaces and into the receiver member to couple the receiver member and fastener carrying member.
- A surgical implant including a fastener supporting member having a first surface. At least one fastener is supported by the fastener supporting member. At least one compressible member extends from the fastener supporting member. A receiver member has a second surface facing the first surface of the fastener supporting member. Deployment of the at least one fastener toward the receiver member compresses the at least one compressible member.
- A surgical implant including a fastener supporting member and a plurality of fasteners arranged along a longitudinally extending row substantially parallel to a longitudinal axis of the implant. A retainer is positioned in the fastener supporting member and having a plurality of openings. The plurality of fasteners are retained by engagement with the plurality of openings in the retainer. A plurality of compressible members is engageable by the plurality of fasteners, and the plurality of compressible members is compressed by the plurality of fasteners.
- A surgical implant configured to accommodate a range of tissue thicknesses, the implant including first and second fasteners and first and second compressible members. The first fastener is engageable with the first compressible member and the second fastener is engageable with the second compressible member. The first compressible member is compressible in accordance with a distance of advancement of the first fastener and the second compressible member is advanceable in accordance with a distance of advancement of the second fastener. The distances of advancement of the first and second fasteners are dependent on a tissue thickness through which the fasteners advance.
- A surgical implant including a fastener supporting member having a first surface. A plurality of fasteners is supported by the fastener supporting member. The plurality of fasteners has a penetrating tip and deployable in a first direction. A receiver member is configured to receive the plurality of fasteners. A plurality of counterforce members extend from the fastener supporting member to apply a counterforce on the plurality of fasteners when the plurality of fasteners have been deployed. The counterforce members apply a force against the plurality of fasteners in a second direction opposite a first direction of deployment of the plurality of fasteners.
- A surgical implant including an elongated body having a width and a length exceeding the width. The implant includes a receiver member and a plurality of fasteners supported on a fastener supporting member and arranged along a longitudinally extending row substantially parallel to a longitudinal axis of the implant. The plurality of fasteners is engaged with the receiver member, and the plurality of fasteners couples the fastener supporting member and the receiver member together and pull the receiver member toward the fastener supporting member after coupling the fastener supporting member and receiver member.
- A surgical method of sealing tissue including providing a fastener supporting member supporting a plurality of fasteners and having a plurality of compressible members. The method includes providing a receiver member and clamping tissue between a first surface on the fastener supporting member and a second surface on the receiver member. The plurality of fasteners is advanced into the receiver member, the plurality of fasteners compressing the compressible members in accordance with a distance of advancement of the fasteners, the distance relating to a thickness of tissue between the first and second surfaces.
- A surgical method of fastening parenchyma including providing a fastener supporting member supporting a plurality of fasteners and a receiver member to receive the plurality of fasteners when advanced from the fastener supporting member. Parenchyma is clamped between a first tissue receiving surface on the fastener supporting member and a second tissue receiving surface on the receiver member. The plurality of fasteners is advanced in a first direction into the receiver member to couple the fastener supporting member and the receiver member, wherein a counterforce is applied to each of the plurality of fasteners in a direction opposite to the first direction of advancement of the plurality of fasteners thereby accommodating for variations in tissue thickness.
- A surgical method of forming an anastomosis between a first structure and a second structure within a body of a patient, the method including providing a fastener supporting member supporting a plurality of fasteners, providing the fastener supporting member in the first structure, and providing a receiver member. The receiver member is provided in the second structure. The plurality of fasteners is advanced through the fastener supporting member and into the receiver member to couple together the fastener supporting member and the receiver member.
- An end effector assembly of a surgical device including a first jaw and a second jaw. At least one of the first and second jaws is movable toward the other jaw to transition the first and second jaws between an open configuration and a closed configuration. The first jaw and the second jaw are arranged to receive tissue therebetween when in the open configuration and to clamp the tissue when in the closed configuration. A fastener supporting member is supported by the first jaw. A plurality of fasteners is supported by the fastener supporting member and a receiver member supported by the second jaw. A retainer is positioned in the second jaw. A drive assembly is movable with respect to the first jaw to deploy the plurality of fasteners toward the receiver member and into engagement with the retainer to couple together the fastener supporting member and the receiver member.
- An end effector assembly of a surgical device includes a first jaw and a second jaw. At least one of the first and second jaws is movable toward the other jaw to transition the first and second jaws between an open configuration and a closed configuration. The first jaw and the second jaw are arranged to receive tissue therebetween when in the open configuration and to clamp tissue when in the closed configuration. A fastener supporting member is supported by the first jaw. A plurality of fasteners is supported by the fastener supporting member. A plurality of compressible members is supported by the first jaw and engageable by the fasteners. A receiver member is supported by the second jaw. A drive assembly is movable with respect to the first jaw to deploy the plurality of fasteners toward the receiver member. The plurality of fasteners compress the plurality of compressible members in accordance with a thickness of tissue clamped between the first and second jaws.
- An end effector assembly of a surgical device including a first jaw having a first engagement surface and second jaw having a second engagement surface. At least one of the first and second jaws is movable toward the other jaw to transition the first and second jaws between an open configuration and a closed configuration. The first jaw and the second jaw are arranged to receive tissue therebetween when in the open configuration and to clamp tissue when in the closed configuration. A fastener supporting member is supported by the first jaw, a plurality of fasteners is supported by the fastener supporting member, and a receiver member supported by the second jaw. A drive assembly is movable with respect to the first jaw to advance the plurality of fasteners in a first direction toward the receiver member against a counterforce applied to the plurality of fasteners. The plurality of fasteners is engageable with the receiver member and the counterforce applying a force to the plurality of fasteners in a second direction opposite the first direction when the plurality of fasteners are engaged with the receiver member.
- A surgical device including a handle portion at a proximal portion of the device. An elongated portion extends distally from the handle portion. A first jaw and a second jaw are at the distal portion of the device. A fastener supporting member of a surgical implant is supported in the first jaw, the fastener supporting member supporting a plurality of surgical fasteners. A fastener receiver member of the surgical implant is supported in the second jaw. A drive assembly is actuable from the handle portion to advance the plurality of fasteners. The plurality of fasteners is advanced in a first direction toward the receiver member and engageable therewith to couple the fastener supporting member and receiver member and to exert a force to pull the receiver member toward the fastener supporting member after engagement of the plurality fasteners with the receiver member.
- A surgical device including a handle portion at a proximal portion of the device. An elongated portion extends distally from the handle portion. A first jaw and a second jaw are at a distal portion of the device. A fastener supporting member of a surgical implant is supported in the first jaw, the fastener supporting member supporting a plurality of fasteners. A fastener receiver member of the surgical implant is supported in the second jaw. A plurality of compressible members interact with the plurality of fasteners. The plurality of compressible members has a first position prior to advancement of the plurality of fasteners and a second position subsequent to advancement of the plurality of fasteners. A drive assembly is actuable from the handle portion to sequentially advance the plurality of fasteners against the plurality of compressible members. The plurality of fasteners moves at least some of the plurality of compressible members to the second position.
- A surgical device includes a handle portion at a proximal portion of the device. An elongated portion extends distally from the handle portion. A first jaw and a second jaw are at the distal portion of the device. A fastener supporting member of a surgical implant is supported in the first jaw. A plurality of fasteners is supported by the fastener supporting member, and a fastener receiver member of the surgical implant is supported in the second jaw. A retainer is included, and a drive assembly that is actuable from the handle portion to advance the plurality of fasteners toward and into engagement with the retainer. The plurality of fasteners is engageable with the retainer to couple the fastener supporting member and receiver member.
- A surgical device includes a handle portion at a proximal portion of the device and including an actuator. An elongated portion extends distally from the handle portion. A first jaw and a second jaw are at the distal portion of the device. At least one of the first jaw and the second jaw is movable to transition the first and second jaws between an open position and a closed position. The first jaw and the second jaw are arranged to receive tissue therebetween when in the open position and to clamp tissue when in the closed position. A plurality of fasteners is supported by the first jaw. A drive assembly is operably connected to the actuator and actuable by the actuator to deploy the plurality of fasteners from the first jaw toward the second jaw. The drive assembly includes a drive member movable with respect to the first jaw. The drive member is movable in a first direction to deploy the plurality of fasteners and movable in a second direction opposite the first direction after movement in the first direction to further deploy at least one of the plurality of fasteners.
- A surgical device includes a handle portion at a proximal portion of the device. The handle portion includes a movable handle member and an elongated portion extends distally from the handle portion. A first jaw and a second jaw are at the distal portion of the device. At least one of the first jaw and the second jaw is movable to transition the first and second jaws between an open position and a closed position. The first jaw and the second jaw are arranged to receive tissue therebetween when in the open position and to clamp tissue when in the closed position. A plurality of fasteners is supported by the first jaw. First and second rotatable spools are included for moving a drive member. A first gear is operably connected to the handle member and operably connected to at least one of the first and second rotatable spools. Movement of the handle member rotates the first gear which rotates at least one of the first and second rotatable spools to move a drive member to advance the plurality of fasteners into tissue.
- A surgical device for applying fasteners including a handle portion at a proximal portion of the device and including an actuator. An elongated portion extends distally from the handle portion. A first jaw and a second jaw are at the distal portion of the device. At least one of the first jaw and the second jaw is movable to transition the first and second jaws between an open position and a closed position. The first jaw and the second jaw are arranged to receive tissue therebetween when in the open position and to clamp tissue when in the closed position. A plurality of fasteners is supported by the first jaw. A drive assembly is operably connected to the actuator and actuable by the actuator to deploy the plurality of fasteners from the first jaw toward the second jaw. The drive assembly includes a first tensioning member, a second tensioning member and a pulley. The first tensioning member interacts with the pulley to effect advancement of the plurality of fasteners toward the second jaw.
- The following descriptions should not be considered limiting in any way. With reference to the accompanying drawings, like elements are numbered alike:
-
FIG. 1 is a perspective view of an implant according to an example embodiment; -
FIG. 2 is a perspective view of the opposite side of the implant illustrated inFIG. 1 ; -
FIG. 3 is a sectional exploded view of a segment of an implant such as the implant ofFIG. 1 , according to a sample embodiment; -
FIG. 4 is a side elevation view of the exploded section shown inFIG. 3 ; -
FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the exploded section shown inFIGS. 3 and 4 ; -
FIG. 6 is a perspective view of the exploded section shown inFIGS. 3 and 4 , showing the underside of the perspective shown inFIG. 5 ; -
FIG. 7A is a view perspective view of a retainer of the implant ofFIG. 1 , according to an embodiment of the present disclosure; -
FIG. 7B is an overhead view of a retainer according to an example embodiment of the present disclosure; -
FIG. 8 is a partial view of a tip portion of a fastener of the implant ofFIG. 1 , according to an example embodiment of the present disclosure; -
FIG. 9 is a perspective view of a section of the implant ofFIG. 1 engaging a relatively thin structure; -
FIG. 10A is a side view of the implant ofFIG. 9 engaging the relatively thin structure. -
FIG. 10B is another side view of the implant ofFIG. 9 engaging the relatively thin structure. -
FIG. 10C is another side view of the implant ofFIG. 9 showing the implant engaging the relatively thin structure, with barbs catching or otherwise engaging a retainer. -
FIG. 11 is a perspective view showing the tips of the legs of the implant illustrated inFIG. 9 catching on or otherwise engaging the retainer, with portions of the implant removed, the view rotated with respect to the orientation ofFIG. 9 ; -
FIG. 12 is a perspective view of a section of the implant ofFIG. 1 engaging a relatively thick structure; -
FIG. 13A is a side view of the implant ofFIG. 9 engaging the relatively thick structure. -
FIG. 13B is another side view of the implant ofFIG. 9 engaging the relatively thin structure. -
FIG. 13C is another side view of the implant ofFIG. 9 showing the implant engaging the relatively thick structure, with barbs catching or otherwise engaging a retainer. -
FIG. 14 is a perspective view showing the tips of the legs of the implant illustrated inFIG. 9 catching on or otherwise engaging the retainer, with portions of the implant removed, the view rotated with respect to the orientation ofFIG. 9 ; -
FIG. 15 shows a perspective view of a fastener according to an example alternative embodiment; -
FIG. 16A shows a top view of the section of an implant according to an example embodiment; -
FIG. 16B shows a sectional view taken throughsection line 64 ofFIG. 16A . -
FIG. 17A shows a tower of the implant under compression, according to an example embodiment; -
FIG. 17B shows a photo similar to the embodiment ofFIG. 17B ; -
FIG. 18 shows a top view of an implant according to an example embodiment, showing the implant configured in a curved array such as a circular array; -
FIG. 19 shows a top view of an implant according to an example embodiment, showing the implant configured in an arcuate or curved array, such as a partial circular array; -
FIGS. 20 through 26 show perspective views of various retainer constructions, according to various example embodiments; -
FIG. 27 shows a perspective view of an implant placed about a tissue or vessel structure according to an example embodiment; -
FIG. 28 shows an alternative perspective view of the implant shown inFIG. 27 , the orientation rotated with respect to the orientation ofFIG. 27 ; -
FIG. 29 shows a cross-sectional view of the implant taken about section line 29-29 inFIG. 27 ; -
FIG. 29 shows a cross-sectional view of the implant taken about section line 29-29 inFIG. 27 ; -
FIG. 30A shows a cross-sectional view of the implant taken aboutsection line 30A-30A inFIG. 27 ; -
FIG. 30B shows a cross-sectional view of the implant taken aboutsection line 30B-30B inFIG. 27 ; -
FIG. 31 shows a cross-sectional view of the implant taken about section line 31-31 inFIG. 27 ; -
FIG. 32 shows a perspective view of an implant placed about a tissue or vessel structure according to an example embodiment; -
FIG. 33 shows a perspective view of an implant placed about a tissue or vessel structure according to an example embodiment; -
FIG. 34 schematically illustrates a side-to-side connection for an anastomosis formed by an implant according to one embodiment disclosed herein; -
FIG. 35 is an enlarged view of the area indicated inFIG. 34 ; -
FIG. 36 shows an elevation view of a flat-formed fastener of the implant according to an example embodiment; -
FIG. 37 shows a perspective view of the fastener ofFIG. 36 ; -
FIG. 38 shows a perspective view of a fastener according to an example embodiment, wherein the fastener is essentially the fastener ofFIG. 36 in a bent configuration; -
FIG. 39 shows a top view of the fastener ofFIG. 38 ; -
FIG. 40 shows a side view of the fastener ofFIG. 38 ; -
FIG. 41 shows a sectional view taken about section line 41-41 ofFIG. 38 ; -
FIG. 42 shows a sectional view taken about section line 42-42 ofFIG. 38 ; -
FIG. 43 shows a top view of a strip of formed fasteners according to an example embodiment; -
FIG. 44 shows a detail view taken aboutborder 150 ofFIG. 43 ; -
FIG. 45 shows a schematic sectional elevation view of a fastener system according to an example embodiment; -
FIG. 46 shows a schematic sectional elevation view of a fastener system according to an example embodiment; -
FIG. 47 shows a schematic sectional elevation view of a fastener system according to an example embodiment; -
FIG. 48A shows a side elevation of an example embodiment of a fastener having a corkscrew-like configuration according to one embodiment disclosed herein; -
FIG. 48B shows a side elevation of an example embodiment of a fastener having a screw-like configuration according to one embodiment disclosed herein; -
FIG. 49 shows an elevation view of an example embodiment; -
FIG. 50 is an isometric view of a system having an implant and an applicator, according to an embodiment of the present disclosure; -
FIG. 51A is an isometric view of the system ofFIG. 50 having a portion of a housing removed to illustrate components of a driving assembly in an initial position, the applicator jaws shown in open configuration; -
FIG. 51B is a side view of the system shown inFIG. 51A ; -
FIG. 51C is a detail view of that portion ofFIG. 51A within circular border C ofFIG. 51A ; -
FIG. 51D is a partial side view of the system ofFIG. 51A ; -
FIG. 52A is an isometric view of the system ofFIG. 50 , showing jaws having been rotated and articulated; -
FIG. 52B is a side view of the system shown inFIG. 52A ; -
FIG. 52C is a detail view of that portion ofFIG. 52A within circular border C ofFIG. 52A ; -
FIG. 52D is a cross-sectional view of the positioning assembly ofFIG. 52A ; -
FIG. 53A is a perspective view of a lower jaw and a joint of the system ofFIG. 50 ; -
FIG. 53B is a view of a bottom of the lower jaw ofFIG. 53A ; -
FIG. 54A is a perspective view of a set of jaws of the applicator of the system ofFIG. 50 in an open configuration; -
FIG. 54B is a partial, enlarged view of a proximal portion of the stationary jaw ofFIG. 54A ; -
FIG. 54C is a partial, enlarged view of a proximal portion of the stationary jaw ofFIG. 54A ; -
FIG. 55A is a partial, enlarged view of a distal portion of the jaw ofFIG. 54A ; -
FIG. 55B is a perspective view of the jaws ofFIG. 54A in a closed configuration; -
FIG. 55C is a detail view of the portion ofFIG. 55B within the circular border C ofFIG. 55B ; -
FIG. 56A is a side view of the jaws ofFIG. 54 a; -
FIG. 56B is a cross-sectional view of the jaws taken generally along sectional line B-B ofFIG. 56A ; -
FIG. 57A is a perspective view of a driving mechanism for the applicator ofFIG. 50 according to an embodiment disclosed herein; -
FIG. 57B is a perspective view of a trigger and a pair of ratchet assemblies for the applicator ofFIG. 50 according to an embodiment disclosed herein; -
FIG. 57C is an enlarged view of the portion ofFIG. 57A within the circle C; -
FIG. 57D is a side view of an internal portion of a housing of the applicator ofFIG. 50 ; -
FIG. 57E is a partial, cross-sectional view taken though the housing and a portion of the driving mechanism of the applicator ofFIG. 50 ; -
FIG. 58A is an isometric view of the system ofFIG. 50 having a portion of a housing removed to illustrate components of a driving assembly; the applicator shown in an intermediate position to move the jaws to the closed configuration; -
FIG. 58B is a side view of the system shown inFIG. 58A ; -
FIG. 58C is a detail view of the portion ofFIG. 58A within circular border C ofFIG. 58A ; -
FIG. 58D is a partial side view of the system ofFIG. 58A ; -
FIG. 59A is an isometric view of the system ofFIG. 50 having a portion of a housing removed to illustrate components of a driving assembly, the applicator shown in the fully actuated position to advance the fasteners from the jaws; -
FIG. 59B is a side view of the system shown inFIG. 59A ; -
FIG. 59C is a detail view of the portion ofFIG. 59A within circular border C ofFIG. 59A ; -
FIG. 59D is a partial side view of the system ofFIG. 59A ; -
FIG. 60A is an isometric view of the system ofFIG. 50 having a portion of a housing removed to illustrate components of a driving assembly; -
FIG. 60B is a side view of the system shown inFIG. 60A ; -
FIG. 60C is an enlarged view of the portion ofFIG. 60A within circle C; -
FIG. 60D is a partial side view of the system ofFIG. 60A ; -
FIG. 61A is a perspective view of a loading assembly for the jaws of the applicator ofFIG. 50 ; -
FIG. 61B is a bottom view of the loading assembly ofFIG. 61A ; -
FIG. 61C is a cross-section of the loading assembly ofFIG. 61B taken generally along line C-C; -
FIG. 62A is a perspective view illustrating two implants being installed by the jaws of the applicator ofFIG. 50 in a head-to-tail arrangement; -
FIG. 62B is a perspective side view illustrating an angled gap for assisting in the head-to-tail arrangement ofFIG. 62A ; -
FIG. 62C is a perspective view of the jaws ofFIG. 50 in an open configuration; -
FIG. 62D is an enlarged view of the portion ofFIG. 62D within circle D; -
FIGS. 63A-63E schematically illustrate a method of installing two implants in a head-to-tail arrangement; -
FIG. 64 is a perspective view of an implant according to an alternate embodiment installed on a representative tissue structure; -
FIG. 65 is an enlarged view of a pin/fastener of the implant ofFIG. 64 extending through the representative tissue structure; -
FIG. 66 is an enlarged perspective view of a portion of the implant ofFIG. 64 , showing the fastener extending into the receiver; -
FIG. 67 is a perspective view of a fastener of the implant according to an embodiment disclosed herein; -
FIG. 68 is a perspective view of a fastener according to one embodiment disclosed herein; -
FIG. 69 is a perspective view of a surgical instrument having a set of jaws in an open configuration for positioning the implant ofFIG. 64 with respect to the representative tissue structure; -
FIG. 70 is a perspective view of the instrument ofFIG. 69 with the jaws in a closed position; -
FIG. 71 is a perspective view of a proximal end of the jaws ofFIG. 69 showing a driver for applying the implant to the tissue structure; -
FIG. 72 is a perspective view of a distal end of the jaws ofFIG. 70 after the driver ofFIG. 71 has actuated the implant; -
FIG. 73 is a perspective view of a pair of the implants ofFIG. 64 installed on the representative tissue sample with a cut made between the implants; -
FIG. 74 is a perspective view of the representative tissue structure ofFIG. 73 after the cut is made and one half of the tissue structure is removed; -
FIG. 75 is a perspective view of the implant ofFIG. 64 installed on a smaller tissue structure and with the ends of the implant cropped; -
FIG. 76 is an end view illustrating a minimal profile of the instrument ofFIG. 69 with the implant ofFIG. 64 ; and -
FIG. 77 is a perspective view of an implant according to one embodiment having a first half or member connected to a second half or member via a hinge. - A detailed description of one or more embodiments of the disclosed apparatus and method are presented herein by way of exemplification and not limitation with reference to the Figures.
- Various embodiments of surgical implants and tools for installing such implants are described below and illustrated throughout the drawings. For purposes of the description hereinafter, the words “upper,” “lower,” “right,” “left,” “vertical,” “horizontal,” “top,” “bottom,” “lateral,” “longitudinal,” “axial,” and like terms, if used, shall relate to the apparatus and/or implant, as it is oriented in the drawing figures. When appropriate, the terms “proximal” and “distal” are in reference to a user that uses the tool to deploy the implant, typically towards a portion of a patient's anatomy. The term “distal” shall for instance mean situated away from the user, while the term “proximal” shall mean situated more towards the user. The phrases “installing/installed on”, “installing/installed about”, “installing/installed through”, and other similar phrases are generally intended to be interchangeable and refer to an implant being used to secure, connect, seal, clamp, compress, and/or fasten various tissue and non-tissue structures, including those internal to a mammalian body cavity as well as those external (e.g., postpartum umbilical cord). The term “surgical structure” as used herein refers to any tissue or non-tissue structure on which an implant is, is to be, or is intended or desired to be secured. The terms “seal”, “sealed” “sealing”, etc., as used herein refer to slowing, hindering, blocking, and/or otherwise impeding the flow of fluid through, by, past, beyond, or between surgical structures on which an implant is installed. As used herein, the terms “ventrum” and “ventral side” refers to the side of a component (e.g., part of an implant or a tool for installing an implant) that generally faces toward, or abuts, the surgical structure. “Ventrally” likewise refers to the direction generally toward the surgical structure. Oppositely, the terms “dorsum” and “dorsal side” refer to the side opposite from the ventrum, i.e., the side generally facing away from the surgical structure. Likewise, “dorsally” refers to the direction generally away from the surgical structure.
- Referring now to
FIGS. 1-2 , asurgical implant 10 in accordance with an embodiment is illustrated. Theimplant 10 is shown to be elongate such that its length exceeds its width, and in the present example is illustrated to include two halves or parts configured to be brought together. In certain embodiments, one of the halves is areceiver member 12 and the other is a deployment (or fastener retaining)member 14. In other embodiments, features of either of thereceiver member 12 and thedeployment member 14 can be included instead of the other. For example, each half may include bothreceiver members 12 anddeployment members 14. In certain embodiments the halves are connected in at least one location, either directly or indirectly prior to use and/or activation, while in other embodiments the halves are not connected prior to use and/or activation. As discussed in more detail below, themembers members members implant 10, with or without the aforementioned sealing. - Examples of tissue structures include, but are not limited to, blood vessels such as the aorta, superior vena cava, inferior vena cava, lobar vessels, the renal artery, organ parenchyma including pulmonary parenchyma, bronchii, lobar bronchi, trachea, atrial appendages, gastrointestinal structures, colon, spleen, liver tissue, etc. The
implant 10 can be useful for establishing hemostasis, pneumostasis, or to seal off the flow of other fluids through various other tissue structures within a patient, as well as to connect these tissues and other tissue and non-tissue structures together with or without fluid sealing. Examples of non-tissue structures include PTFE, ePTFE, grafts, stents, textile weaves, braids, and knits, meshes, plugs, gastrointestinal sleeves, etc. In each of the disclosed embodiments, when theimplant 10 is located about two or more structures, the structures may be either the same (e.g., vessel tissue to vessel tissue, bronchii tissue to bronchii tissue, non-tissue to non-tissue, etc.) or different (e.g., bronchii tissue to non-bronchii tissue (including for instance PTFE), gastrointestinal tissue to non-gastrointestinal tissue or structures such as textile or PTFE sleeves, etc.). - In an exemplary embodiment, the
receiver member 12 includes areceiver base 16 having a surgicalstructure contacting surface 18 located at one side thereof, which may be referred to herein as its ventrum or ventral side. As can be seen, for example inFIG. 1 , thereceiver member 12 is formed of an essentially repeating pattern ofsegments 20, with each of thesegments 20 including a shield orroof 22 extending dorsally from a portion of thereceiver base 16 in proximity to each of theshields 22. Similarly, thedeployment member 14 includes a base 24 having a surgicalstructure contacting surface 26 along its ventrum. Contained within thebase 16 is a retainer discussed in more detail below. The surgicalstructure contacting surfaces implant 10. Thedeployment member 14 is formed from a plurality ofsegments 28, which correspondingly repeat with respect to thesegments 20 along the length of theimplant 10. - Each of the
segments 28 is shown to include a resilient and/or compressible member, suspension, spring, or biasing element, represented generally as atower 30 extending dorsally from thebase 24 and a clip, anchor, orfastener 32 disposed with each of thetowers 30. Thesegments segments fastener subassembly 34. It is to be appreciated that any number of thesubassemblies 34 can be repeated in either patterns or randomized series in order to form theimplant 10 in a variety of differently sizes and/or shapes to accommodate a variety of different tissue types, geometries, sizes, and shapes. For example, the number of thesubassemblies 34 can be increased or decreased in order to change the length of theimplant 10. For example, in one embodiment, an implant may be formed as a single one of thesubassemblies 34 and used for tacking or securing surgical structures together. In another embodiment, an implant includes a single one of thesubassemblies 34 and is used for tacking a hernia mesh to an underlying muscle tissue structure. Additionally, it is noted that if theimplant 10 is longer than necessary or desired than the length required to complete a task (e.g., theimplant 10 exceeds the width of the surgical structure), any excess ones of the subassemblies 34 (i.e., those that do not have any tissue positioned between themembers 12 and 14) can be cut or trimmed off as desired. Unlike staples, which may be left behind in great number inside of a patient, the aforementioned approach can be used, for example, to limit the amount of excess material left within a patient after a surgical procedure. It is also noted that multiples of theimplant 10 can be installed sequentially, e.g., in a head-to-tail or tail-to-head sequence. For example, it some situations it may be unfeasible or undesirable to manufacture, install, or handle extraordinarily long implants (e.g., having dozens of the subassemblies 34), so multiple shorter implants may be used instead and may be installed in series. As another example, it may be desirable to install implants along a non-linear path, and thus multiples of theimplant 10 may be installed in series, but at angles with respect to each other. As one example, theimplants 10 may be installed in this sequential or head-to-tail arrangement during a lung resection procedure, which may require both a relatively long and non-linear section of tissue to be sealed. - The
subassemblies 34 in the illustrated embodiment as shown for example inFIGS. 1-2 are arranged in two substantially identical andparallel rows bridge 37. The rows 35 form a channel, guide, or pathway in order to facilitate the cutting of the surgical structure located between the rows 35 after installation of theimplant 10, as discussed in more detail below. One row (e.g.,FIG. 33 ), as well as more than two rows (not shown), are both additionally contemplated in various embodiments. - One of the
fastener subassemblies 34 is shown according to one embodiment in more detail in the exploded views ofFIGS. 3-6 . In the illustrated embodiment, thefasteners 32 each include a pair of shanks, pins, orlegs 36 extending from base orbody 38 that straddle theircorresponding towers 30 and extend ventrally from abody 38 of thefasteners 32. Each of thelegs 36 may terminate in atip 40 that is configured to pierce through whatever surgical structure is located between the receiver anddeployment portions tips 40 may be embedded completely within thebase 24, or protrude partially out through the surgicalstructure contacting surface 26 of thebase 24. Thelegs 36 may have a barbed or hooked region located at or proximally with respect to thetip 40. In the illustrated embodiment, each of thetips 40 includes two hooks orbarbs barbs 42”), positioned on opposite sides of theleg 36. In one embodiment, thebarbs 42 are offset from each other along the length of thelegs 36, e.g., with thebarb 42 a being located further along the length (further from the base or body 38) of eachleg 36 than thebarb 42 b. On advantage of such an offset is to facilitate the accommodation of different tissue thicknesses, even across the same tissue structure. In other embodiments the barbs can be aligned rather than offset. It is to be appreciated that in other embodiments contemplated herein, one of thefasteners 32 may be formed with only a single leg, or more than two legs, which extend from thebody 38. Additionally, in other contemplated embodiments, one of thelegs 36 may include a single barb orhook 42, or more than two such barbs or hooks positioned at various locations along the length of theircorresponding legs 36. Thelegs 36 are shown extending substantially perpendicular from the base but alternatively can extend at acute or obtuse angles from thebase 38. - During installation of the
implant 10 on or about a structure, thefasteners 32 are driven or actuated toward thetowers 30 against a reactionary resilient force exerted by thetowers 30. Forces applied to thefastener 32 therefore compress thetowers 30 toward the base 24 ordeployment member 14. Actuation of the fasteners results in thetips 40 of thefasteners 32 being driven out from thebase 24 of thedeployment member 14, through any surgical structure on which theimplant 10 is installed, and into thereceiver base 16 of thereceiver member 12. In various embodiments, thereceiver base 16 may include aretainer 44 disposed therewith, e.g., disposed on and/or embedded therein as shown throughout the Figures. A representative portion of the retainer 44 (with thebases FIGS. 7A and 7B , of whichFIG. 7B clarifies a retainer embodiment fabricated in an interlaced manner. Thefasteners 32 may be driven with sufficient force to compress thetowers 30 and any structures between thestructure contacting surfaces members tips 40 pass through or by theretainer 44. Theretainer 44 is arranged with respect to thetips 40 to enable thebarbs 42 to move relative to theretainer 44 in one direction, i.e., the actuation direction for the tips 40 (which is initially towards the ventrum, i.e., the ventral direction with respect to the deployment member), but becomes the dorsal direction (with respect to the receiving member) after thetips 40 have passed through the surgical structure), but for one or more of thebarbs 42 to engage with, catch, and/or otherwise grab theretainer 44 to prevent or limit movement thereof in the opposite direction. The base 24 can also include a retainer embedded therein, e.g., in order to help strengthen, or add stiffness and/or rigidity to themember 14 as well as to retain thefasteners 32 in their initial, unfired configuration via similar engagement with thebarbs 42. Such retainer supported/positioned inbase 14 can be the same as theretainer 44, or its variants, described herein. - In various embodiments, the
tips 40 may protrude through the opposite (i.e., dorsal) side of the base 16 from the surgical structure contacting (i.e., ventrally located) surface 18 when engaged with theretainer 44. As shown in the Figures, one ormore shields 22, each having one or more cavities or pockets 45 that receive the tip(s) 40 when thetips 40 are so protruding, are generally aligned with thelegs 36 of thefasteners 32. In this way, theshields 22 can provide protection from thetips 40, e.g., protection to shield from inadvertent contact of thetips 40 by a medical professional or other tissue structures within the patient if theimplant 10 is to be left inside of the patient. In one embodiment, theshields 22 do not include thepockets 45, such that thetips 30 are completely surrounded by and embedded within theshields 22. - In the illustrated embodiment, the
clip retainer 44 includes longitudinal orlengthwise strands 46 a and transverse or widthwisestrands 46 b (collectively “the strands 46”) with a plurality ofinterstices 48 formed therebetween. It is to be understood that the strands 46 generally represent any wire, bar, cord, slat, strut, spoke, fiber, thread, tine, filament, cable, or other elongated element. In one embodiment, theretainer 44 is a woven, knitted, or braided mesh, or other grid-like structure. In one embodiment, the strands 46 are arranged in a random or irregular pattern, such as a felt, or a non-woven pattern, such as TYVEK brand material made commercial available by DuPont. Thestrands 46 a may be separate from each other and/or separate from thestrands 46 b. Alternatively, the strands 46 may be integrally formed, fused, or affixed together. It is further understood that in some embodiments, strands can exist in a first direction only. The first direction in some embodiments may be generally along the lengthwise (i.e., longitudinal) direction of theimplant 10, and in other embodiments it may be the transverse direction along the width. In embodiments in which the length of theimplant 10 is significantly larger than its width, similar to the illustrated embodiments ofFIG. 1 , it may be desired for thebarbs 42 to be aligned to catch and engage with thelongitudinal strands 46 a, as these strands share a greater contact area with the material of thebases 16 and/or 24 than thetransverse strands 46 b, and thus are more likely have a sufficient degree of interference or friction with the bases to withstand the relatively high loading that may be required for some surgical structures, e.g., particularly thick structures, without damage to theimplant 10 or loss of function. Other embodiments are contemplated wherein additional features are included with the strands such as anchors to enhance the interference or friction with the bases. - In various embodiments, the
towers 30 are integral to or unitary with thebase 24, while it is contemplated in other embodiments that towers may be formed separately from the base. Thetowers 30 are configured with a structural shape and of a material that allows for a suitable degree of compressibility, such that when force is exerted on thetowers 30 towards the base 24 (i.e., ventrally) by thebase 38 of thefasteners 32, either directly or indirectly, the strain of thetowers 30 is more than any strain encountered by thebase 24. Thetowers 30 may be formed of a resilient material, such that upon removing the actuation force from thefasteners 32, thetowers 30 attempt to revert back to their original shapes and exert a corresponding tensile force on thefasteners 32 in a direction opposite to actuation. In this way, thetowers 30 function similarly to compression springs, and in fact, may be replaced or supplemented by such springs (e.g., seeFIG. 49 ) or other resilient elements in various embodiments. For example, in one embodiment thetowers 30 may each be configured as a resilient, flexible plug made from an elastomeric material, such as silicone rubber, that protrudes upward frombase 24. The plug can be formed as a protrusion having any desired geometric configuration, including but not limited to a cylindrical, rectangular or dome structure. Thetowers 30 can each be operatively associated with one of thefasteners 32 so as to upwardly, or dorsally, bias thefastener 32 relative to thebase 24. The resilient force exerted by thetowers 30 on the bodies/bases 38 of thefasteners 32 causes one or more of thebarbs 42, having been driven through theretainer 44 during actuation, to engage and grab one or more of the strands 46 of theretainer 44. The upward or dorsally directed bias against thefastener 32 resulting from the spring and/or suspension properties of thetower 30, such as when thefastener 32 extends over an exterior surface of thetower 30, exerts a pull force onfastener 32 as thebarbs 42 latch on a portion of theretainer 44. In this way, thecompressed towers 30 continue to exert a force to pull thereceiver member 12 toward thedeployment member 14, thereby sandwiching, compressing, or clamping the surgical structure therebetween. It should be appreciated that towers are in one embodiment substantially cylindrical and have a height exceeding its width. Other configurations contemplated with circular, oval, rectangular and other cross-sections configurations are contemplated. Additionally, the composition or configuration of the towers can be varied to vary the force applied to the fasteners. Additionally, within each implant, towers of varying force can be provided (e.g., different towers having different force magnitudes and/or profiles per given strain or compression). - The
fastener 32 and its related components can be arranged with a variety of dimensions to allow for the system to function appropriately. For example, the maximum amount of strain allowed for a tower in addition to the strain of each of the bases when compressed may be larger than or equal to the sum of (i) the amount of distance the barbs must travel to reach the tissue contact surface of the deployment member, (ii) the thickness of the compressed surgical structure, and (iii) the amount of distance the barbs must pass through thereceiver member 12 in order to extend through the structure positioned between the halves of theimplant 10 and latch onto theretainer member 44. - Advantageously, the resiliency and/or spring-like nature of the
towers 30 provides for suitable tension to be maintained between the halves of the implant (e.g., themembers 12 and 14) to suitably handle variable pressure fluctuations that may lead to a burst condition within the structure being secured or sealed by theimplant 10. For example, if theimplant 10 is installed on a structure to provide fluid sealing, and the seal produced therefrom experiences a pressure spike, e.g., due to the patient coughing following a lung resection procedure with theimplant 10, or some other event, thetowers 30 are not sufficiently elastic to allow for strain, and will thus flex and/or compress to assist in absorbing excess forces. This helps to accommodate the spike in the pressure without damaging theimplant 10. Furthermore, even if the seal is breached due to the pressure burst, such that fluid leaks through the seal made by theimplant 10, the resiliency of thetowers 30 will cause thetowers 30 to continue to exert a clamping pressure between themembers implant 10 resealing the tissue or surgical structure once the pressure spike has subsided. Oppositely, known staples from known stapling techniques are not sufficiently elastic, and are highly likely to rip or tear out during high pressure events, and thus be completely unable to reseal after experiencing a pressure spike, which may require an additional surgery to be performed in order to re-staple the damaged area. - It is additionally noted that the forces exerted by the
towers 30 on thefasteners 32, which is communicated to the surgical structure via thefasteners 32 engaging theretainer 44 in themember 12 and pulling themembers implant 10 is installed. For example, in one embodiment, the forces exerted by thetowers 30 on thefasteners 32 causes the pressure exerted on surgical structures by themembers tissue contacting surfaces towers 30 function akin to springs, the spring constant, resiliency, stiffness, and/or rigidity of thetowers 30 can be set to variably alter the force exerted by thetowers 30 depending on the amount thetowers 30 are compressed. Since increased compression of thetowers 30 occurs when installing theimplant 10 on thicker structures, setting the variable force exerted by thetowers 30 can be useful, e.g., for setting a first, relatively lower pressure at relatively small thicknesses for smaller and/or more delicate structures, such as blood vessels (e.g., 5 g/mm2 and 7 g/mm2), and a second, relatively greater pressure at relatively large thicknesses for larger and/or more robust structures, such as bronchii (e.g., 10 g/mm2 or greater). - It is noted that by way of the resiliency and/or compressibility of the
towers 30, theimplant 10 is able to accommodate a range of surgical structure thicknesses approximately equal to the compressible height of the towers 30 (e.g., the distance between the initial height h1 as shown for example inFIG. 3 and the fully compressed height h3 as shown inFIG. 13A ). For example, in one embodiment, thetowers 30 have an compressible height (e.g., the distance between the initial height h1 and the fully compressed height h3), of approximately 0.1″ (2.54 mm), and with this single geometry are capable of accommodating a corresponding approximately 2.5 mm surgical structure thickness range (the surgical structure thickness determined after compression by any jaws or other components of a device for installing theimplant 10, e.g., those applicators described herein). For example, the 0.1″ compressible height towers may be capable of sealing/closing the implant 10 (that is, latching onto theretainer 44 in the receiving member 12) when there is no structure between themembers implant 10 and other implants disclosed herein are variable thickness devices. - It is also noted that while the height of the
towers 30 assists in defining the thickness range that can be accommodated, e.g., a 2.5 mm range, the length of thelegs 36 of thefasteners 32 helps to set the start and end points for the range. For example, the length of thelegs 36 between the body orbase 38 and thetips 42 can be set to be approximately equal to, and/or slightly shorter than the initial height of thetower 30, such as in the illustrated embodiment. In this way, thetips 42 will be able to slightly compress thetowers 30 and thus catch, latch, or grab theretainer 44 in themember 12 even if there is no tissue or other surgical structures located between themembers towers 30 to the aforementioned 2.5 mm will set the 2.5 mm range to span between 0 (no surgical structure) and 2.5 mm. Consider, as one example, increasing the length of thelegs 36 by “x” units of distance. In this embodiment, if there is no tissue positioned between themembers tips 42 would protrude through and extend past theretainer 44 by a distance approximately equal to “x” without compressing the towers 30 (and without compression, thetips 42 would not be pulled against theretainer 44 for maintaining themembers towers 30 to engage thetips 42 with theretainer 44 would not occur in this embodiment until the thickness between themembers legs 36 by “x” distance will shift the start and end points of the range by this distance “x”, but while maintaining the same magnitude for the range. For example, if the compressible height of thetowers 30 is again about 0.1″ (thereby enabling the implant to accommodate a 2.5 mm range), and the amount “x” is about 1 mm, then the implant in this embodiment would seal from about 1 mm to 3.5 mm (i.e., the range still having a magnitude of 2.5 mm, but shifted up by 1 mm due to the increase in length of the legs 36). In this way, those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that by changing the compressible height of thetowers 30, as well as the length of thelegs 36 relative to the initial height h1 of thetowers 30, both the magnitude of the range and the starting/ending points of the range can be selected as desired and/or required for various procedures. - Advantageously, it would require many differently sized prior art staples in order to accommodate this same tissue thickness range (e.g., a 2.5 mm range) that may be handled by the presently disclosed implants. It is noted that the compressible tower height of approximately 0.1″ is one example only and that other heights may be selected. Further, the tower height may be selected such that the
implant 10, with an accompanying applicator device (e.g., such as those discussed below), are together capable of fitting within a desired cannula size, e.g., a 12 mm port suitable for minimally invasive procedures. In other embodiments, the height of thetowers 30 may be increased or decreased to change the magnitude of the range, thereby creating variable ranges of thicknesses that can be accommodated. For example, an approximately 0.2″ compressible tower height may fit in a 15 mm sized cannula and accommodate an approximately 5 mm thickness range, or an approximately 0.05″ compressible tower height may accommodate an approximately 1.25 mm range. Additionally, the length of thelegs 36 relative to the initial height of thetowers 30 may be set as described above to set the start and/or ending points for the range of any given magnitude. For example, the length of thelegs 36 may be increased by a distance “x” to increase the minimum thickness that can be sealed or closed by the implant by “x”, or decrease by a distance “y” in order to decrease the minimum thickness that can be sealed or closed by the implant by “y” (down to the minimum of 0 thickness, or no surgical structure). - In one embodiment, the
bases tips 40 of thefasteners 32 to be actuated into and/or through thebases implant 10. It is noted that thebases towers 30 may also be made of any combination of these or other materials. In one embodiment, theretainer 44 is made from a relatively stronger material, such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyetheretherketone (PEEK), nylon, or other polymers, as well as fibrous materials such as cotton, KEVLAR brand synthetic fibers made commercially available from DuPont, etc., in order to lend additional strength, e.g., tensile strength, stiffness, rigidity, and/or resistance to bending, to theimplant 10, as well as to suitably engage with and retain thefasteners 32 via thebarbs 42. Other materials for theretainer 44 include various relatively high tensile strength polymers, as well as biocompatible metals such as stainless steel, titanium, nitinol, etc., although those of ordinary skill in the art will recognize biocompatible materials other than those listed herein that would perform suitably for thebases towers 30, and/or theretainers 44. - The difference in the material properties including the use of different materials of the
retainer 44 and thebases retainer 44 as a relatively stiffer material and embedding theretainer 44 withinbase 16 and/orbase 24 enables theimplant 10 to obtain both the stiffening properties of theretainer 44 and the low-abrasion and compliable properties of thebases 16 and/or 24. - In one embodiment, strands of
retainer 44 are arranged in a direction generally perpendicular to a first orientation of tip(s) 40 (FIG. 11 ). A width of interstices 48 (seeFIG. 7A ) existing between the strands 46, shown by cross-section inFIG. 8 to be perpendicular with the drawing sheet (i.e., in and out of the page) with the reference numeral w1, is smaller than the horizontal widths of thetip 40 with respect to each of thebarbs FIG. 8 with reference numerals w2 and w3, respectively. In this way, the strands 46 that contact each of thetips 40 are moved with respect to and/or pushed apart by the tips 40 (facilitated by the angled or tapered shape of the tips 40) to the widths w2 and/or w3 as thetips 40 are actuated/advanced into thebase 16. By making thebases 16 and/or 24 from a flexible, yet resilient and/or elastically deformable material, such as silicone rubber, after one or more of thebarbs 42 of thetips 40 are forcibly moved through theretainer 44, the resiliency of the material of thereceiver base 16 causes at least one of the strands 46 of theretainer 44 to revert back to, or towards, the initial width w1. The material of theretainer 44 can additionally or alternatively provide resiliency to assist in reverting the strands 46 back toward their original configuration. When reverted back towards the original width w1, the strands 46 are positioned in alignment with one or more of theundercuts 27 formed bybarbs 42, resulting in the aforementioned engagement between theretainer 44 and thefasteners 32, as shown inFIG. 11 . In one embodiment, the strands 46 have a cross-sectional sectional round shape and associated radius that is less than 1.75 times any radius formed by theundercuts 27, more preferably less than 1.3 times, and even less than 1.0 times the radius of the strands. It should also be noted that in embodiments wherein the retainer has strands in different, generally orthogonal directions, the width(s) w4 (seeFIGS. 7A and 7B ) (which would be orthogonal to the widths w1) would be arranged such thattips 40 would be able to travel beyond any interstice formed between the adjacent strands. While many dimensions of w4 would be possible, non-limiting examples include between 1 times the magnitude of the thickness ofbarb 42, and six times the magnitude ofbarb 42. Depending on the dimension of w1, w4 could of course be smaller than the thickness ofbarb 42. - Advantageously, the use of the
retainer 44 and thefasteners 32 may help to avoid the need for accurate alignment between themembers retainer 44 and thefasteners 32, etc., or for strict manufacturing tolerances for any of the components of theimplant 10 in some embodiments. For example, by setting the width w1 between each set of adjacent strands 46 of theretainer 44 to be smaller than the widths of thetips 40 at thebarbs 42, thefasteners 32 do not need to be accurately aligned with theretainer 44 before actuating thefasteners 32. That is, thebarbs 42 will engage any part of theretainer 44, so it is unimportant where thetips 40 of thefasteners 32 are received by thereceiver member 12 and penetrate into thebase 16. For example, even if themembers legs 36 of thefastener 32 become slightly tilted or bent (e.g., due to actuation through tissue or through thebases 16 and/or 24), or if there are manufacturing variances or loose tolerances in the size of the components of theimplant 10 or positioning of the retainer within the base 16 (e.g., theinterstices 48 are not exactly centered on the tips 40), etc., thebarbs 42 will regardless catch on some portion of theretainer 44 and maintain the position shown for example inFIG. 11 , and theimplant 10 will function properly. - The
implant 10 is designed to be installable on a range of different surgical structures including those varying in size and/or type. As noted above, thetowers 30 are compressed by thefasteners 32 when thefasteners 32 are actuated toward thereceiver member 12. Advantageously, the range that thetowers 30 can be compressed (i.e., the strain applied) enables theimplant 10 to accommodate a corresponding variable range of surgical structure thicknesses between thestructure contacting surfaces FIG. 3 , thetower 30, in its uncompressed state, initially has a height h1. It is noted that the height of thetowers 30 may be reduced from a maximum unstressed height after thefasteners 32 are added, e.g., due to thefasteners 32 engaging with a retainer disposed within thebase 24, but that reference to the height h1 as the initial height is suitable in any event for purposes of comparison herein. -
FIGS. 9-11 show an example of one of thesubassemblies 34 sealing a thinsurgical structure 50, at which thetowers 30 have a partially compressed height h2, andFIGS. 12-14 show an example of one of thesubassemblies 34 sealing a thicksurgical structure 52, at which thetowers 30 have a minimum or fully compressed height h3. As the thickness of the surgical structure increases, thetowers 30 are further compressed from their initial height h1 toward the minimum height h3 in order to enable thelegs 36 of thefasteners 32 to span the increased difference and engage with theretainer 44. It should also be recognized that surgical structures of varying thickness can be fastened and/or sealed with the same implant, such that some towers of the implant compress to the height h2 while others compress to height h3, or to other heights between the heights h1 and h3, while in their retained state. Advantageously, even if different ones of thetowers 30 of thesame implant 10 are compressed to different heights, e.g., due to the surgical structure having different thicknesses, the surgicalstructure contacting surfaces implant 10. Stated differently, the independent compressibility of each of thetowers 30 allows for adjacent ones of thetowers 30 to compress to different degrees independently of and without imparting potentially undesirable stresses to adjacent ones of thetowers 30 when theimplant 10 is installed on surgical structures of varying thicknesses. - The offset between the
barbs legs 36 can also facilitate the accommodation of each size of thefasteners 32 to be usable for a range of surgical structure thicknesses. This functionality can be appreciated by comparingFIGS. 11 and 14 . Specifically, inFIG. 11 , thestructure 50 is relatively thin, so thetips 40 are able to easily extend deeply through thereceiver member 12, such that both of thebarbs retainer 44, and thebarbs 42 b engage therewith when the driving force is released. In the embodiment ofFIG. 14 , the increased thickness of thestructure 52 may be such that only thebarbs 42 a, further along the length of thelegs 36, are able to penetrate fully through and be retained by theretainer 44. It is to be appreciated that any number of barbs may be included along the length of the leg(s) of the fasteners and that each fastener may have any number of legs. For example, afastener 56 is shown inFIG. 15 having five barbs 58 a-e along its length, and only asingle leg 60 extending from abody 62. - It is additionally noted with respect to
FIG. 11 that thebarbs 42 can be arranged to face opposite from each other, as with thebarbs 42 a in this Figure, such that theretainer 44 is grabbed by thefasteners 32 at different locations, e.g., at different ones of thestrands 46 a, as illustrated. This may be helpful in some embodiments to spread out the loading on theretainer 44, e.g., and prevent localized overloading of a single strand or of theimplant 10. If desired, e.g., in order to further spread out the loading, thefasteners 32 may additionally or alternatively be rotated, offset, or misaligned with respect to themembers retainer 44, the strands 46, etc. That is, as shown by example inFIG. 16A , thelegs 36 of thefastener 32 may be rotationally orientated about anaxis 63 of thetowers 30 by an angle θ, such that aline 64 bisecting thelegs 36 is rotationally offset by the angle θ with respect to a datum line 65 (which may be oriented to be parallel with themember 14 and/or bisect the member 14). In one embodiment, the angle θ is between about 5° and 45°, and in a further embodiment, the angle θ is about 20°, although those of ordinary skill in the art can select other angles outside of these values, including arranging theaxes different legs 36 ofdifferent fasteners 32 may be oriented to different degrees. - It is noted that the
towers 30 are shown schematically in their compressed states throughout many of the Figures for clarity of illustration, but that in actual use some degree of buckling, twisting, bending, or bulging of thetowers 30 may occur during compression by thefasteners 32. One such example of the compression of one of thetowers 30 is illustrated inFIG. 17 , in which the illustratedtower 30 is buckling, bending, and bulging due to compression caused by thefastener 32. It can be appreciated that in addition to connecting the twolegs 36 together, thebody 38 may also be shaped to assist in maintaining engagement between thefasteners 32 and thetowers 30. For example, thefasteners 32 in the illustrated embodiment include a pair of wings 54 (e.g.,FIGS. 6 and 9 ) to increase the contact area between thefasteners 32 and thetowers 30 and thereby maintain contact with thetowers 30 even as they change shape during bucking, bulging, bending, or other distortion. It is also noted that one ormore supports 39 may optionally be included with thetowers 30 in order to assist in setting the rigidity, bending stiffness, or other properties of the tower 30 (e.g., thereby influencing the force exerted by thetowers 30 during compression), and/or to assist in directing the aforementioned buckling, bending, etc., to occur in a more consistent and/or predictable manner. For example, in the illustrated embodiment, thesupports 39 are located approximately equally spaced between thelegs 36 of thefastener 32 in order to promote the buckling to occur under thebody 38 and to assist in preventing thetower 30 from becoming disengaged from thefastener 32 during compression. - The
implant 10 is illustrated in a variety of disclosed embodiments to be essentially longitudinally straight and elongate, having a first end and a second end (e.g., seeFIGS. 1-2 , 27, 28, 31-33). However, it is to be understood that other shapes can be used. For example,FIG. 18 shows a top view of animplant 66 according to an alternate embodiment. As can be seen in this Figure, theimplant 66 is circular, disc, or ring shaped, with a plurality of thesegments 28 disposed rotationally thereabout (a plurality of thesegments 20 in a receiving member would be arranged opposite thereto, but are hidden from view inFIG. 18 ). Such an implant may be useful, for example, in so-called end-to-end, side-to-side, and/or end-to-side operations, such as gastric bypass in which an end section of a patient's intestine is secured to the patient's stomach about an opening formed in the wall of the stomach. A circular cutting knife (including for instance a knife that can follow a circular path consistent with the circular implant 66) can be utilized with the device applyingcircular implant 66. - An
implant 68 is illustrated inFIG. 19 according to another embodiment. Theimplant 68 is shaped along an arc or curve, and also includes a plurality of the segments 28 (corresponding to a plurality of thesegments 20 of a receiver member, hidden from view inFIG. 19 ). Such an implant may be useful for complex tissue structures, or bulk tissue structures having curvature thereto, such as lungs or other organs. The implant is shown in an approximately 180° arc, however implants of larger and smaller arcs may be desirable depending on the particular surgical procedure. An arcuate cutting knife or blade (or at least a blade intended to follow the general path of the arc-shaped implant) can be utilized. Additionally, in any of the disclosed embodiments, the outermost lateral regions of the bases may be cut or “scalloped” (see for example dottedborder 67 shown inFIGS. 18 and 19 ) in a manner that provides for enhanced bending in a direction that facilitates allowing additional curvature to arrange theimplant 68 to a final shape different than its original shape. - It is also to be understood that the
retainer 44 can take a plurality of other forms embedded or supported within the base of a receiver member. For example,FIGS. 20-26 depict various receiver bases having different retainers therein, which can be used additionally with, or alternatively to, theretainer 44. As with thebase 16 and theretainer 44, all of the bases and retainers inFIGS. 20-26 can be arranged with the base made of a relatively soft, flexible, or penetrable material, while the retainer is made from a relatively stronger or stiffer material, or a material otherwise having different material properties, including but not limited to different moduli of elasticity, Shore hardness values, yield strengths, etc. - An
exemplary receiver base 70 inFIG. 20 includes aretainer 72, which takes the form of a plurality ofstrands 74. Thestrands 74 resemble thelongitudinal strands 46 a, but without thetransverse strands 46 b, and are also preferably arranged to be coplanar with each other, and/or parallel to the dorsum of thebase 70. Anexemplary receiver base 76 inFIG. 21 has aretainer 78 that substantially resembles theretainer 72, being formed from a plurality oflongitudinal strands 80. Unlike theretainer 72, thestrands 80 of theretainer 78 are located at a plurality of different heights within thebase 76, and therefore not all are coplanar with each other. Areceiver base 82 inFIG. 22 includesretainer 84 formed from a plurality oflongitudinal strands 85 having transverse pins, arms, orfingers 86 extending therefrom. Such transverse members may be formed unitarily with thestrands 85, or alternatively may be non-unitary and attached or connected. Areceiver base 86 inFIG. 23 includes aretainer 88 formed by one (shown) or more (not shown) undulating orsinusoidal strands 90. Areceiver base 92 inFIG. 24 includes aretainer 94 formed by one or more coiled, helical, or spiralingstrands 96. Areceiver base 98 inFIG. 25 includes aretainer 100 formed by a plurality of fuzzy, tangled, intertwined, yarn-like, or braidedstrands 102. Areceiver base 104 inFIG. 26 includes aretainer 106 formed by a plate ormembrane 108 having a plurality oftapered elements 110. Thetapered elements 110 form anentry opening 112 that is significantly larger than anexit passage 114 due toshoulders 116. In this way, thetips 40 can pass by theentry passage 112, pierce through themembrane 108, and push theelements 110 aside to pass through theexit passage 114 while moved in the actuation direction, and then be caught on theshoulders 116. The retainers ofFIGS. 20-23 can extend the full length or partial length of the receiver base, and can extend the full width or partial width of the receiver base. -
FIGS. 27 and 28 illustrate theimplant 10 installed on avessel 118 type of surgical structure, e.g., a conduit such as a vein or artery. Thevessel 118 includes alumen 120 extending therethrough, i.e., preferably for carrying blood. Installing theimplant 10 on the vessel 118 (that is, compressing thevessel 118 between themembers members lumen 120, which may be useful, for example, in preventing or impeding blood flow through thelumen 120 of thevessel 118. It may be desired, for example, to seal off a blood vessel during a vessel harvesting operation, e.g., in preparation of using the harvested vessel in a graft surgery such as CABG. For example, in order to harvest a vessel, a first one of theimplants 10 can be installed in a first location of a target vessel, a second one of theimplants 10 installed at a second location of the vessel, with the vessel portion between the twoimplants 10 removed from the patient. - In order to facilitate removal of a portion of the tissue structure in which the
implants 10 are installed, e.g., for harvesting a portion of thevessel 118, removing cancerous tissue or tumors, performing a gastric bypass, etc., theimplant 10 in the illustrated embodiment includes the tworows channel 124 is formed between the two rows 35. By first actuating thefasteners 32 in both of the rows 35 and then cutting the tissue along thechannel 124 between the rows 35, the tissue structure on both sides of the cut will be sealed by theimplant 10. The bridge(s) 37 (seeFIG. 1 ) connecting between the rows 35 may be severed during cutting. While thebridges 37 are shown in various embodiments to be on one end of elongate implants, in embodiments contemplated herein, they may be on both ends. - A
seal 125 in the tissue orvessel 118 formed by theimplant 10 can be seen inFIGS. 29 and 31 . Theseal 125 represents the portion of thevessel 118 that is compressed or clamped by theimplant 10 and can be helpful, for example, in preventing, blocking, hindering, or otherwise impeding the flow of blood through thevessel 118. The above-discussed independent compressibility of thetowers 30 and the operation of thetowers 30 compressing to various degrees in response to different surgical structure thicknesses are also easily appreciable in view of the cross-sections ofFIGS. 29-31 . For example, it can be clearly seen that the height of thetowers 30 inFIG. 29 , which Figure is taken in cross-section at a location with no tissue, is substantially greater than the height of thetowers 30 inFIG. 30A , which Figure is taken in cross-section through theimplant 10 installed on thevessel 118.FIG. 30B is a cross-section similar to 30A but taken through the region between thetowers 30 and not in contact with the tissue or vessel, as shown bysection line 30B-30B ofFIG. 32 .FIG. 31 is a cross-section extending down the longitudinal length of a row of theimplant 10, which also shows the difference in the compressed tower height in response to tissue thickness. - An
implant 128 according to another exemplary embodiment is shown inFIG. 33 . Theimplant 128 resembles theimplant 10, but includes only asingle row 130 of thefastener subassemblies 34. Theimplant 128 may be useful in situations in which a cut is not required, or in which sealing on only one side of the cut is desired. If sealing is desired on both sides of a cut, then two of theimplants 128 can be installed adjacent to each other on thevessel 118 or other surgical structure in order to create a suitable cutting channel, as illustrated inFIG. 32 . - It is again to be appreciated that blood vessels are only one type of tissue structure that can be fastened and/or sealed and blood flow is only one example of a fluid flow that can be impeded by use of the
implant 10. In one embodiment, theimplant 10 is installed in organ parenchyma in order to facilitate the removal of a portion of the organ, e.g., a tumor or cancerous growth. In another embodiment, theimplant 10 is used to complete a gastrointestinal bypass. In one embodiment, one or more of theimplants 10 are installed in a patient's lung parenchyma in order prevent the leaking of air while removing a portion of the patient's lung. It is appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art that theimplants 10 can be used for not only hemostasis and pneumostasis, but to seal off the flow of other desired fluids from various tissue structures. One example embodiment for connecting a firstsurgical structure 132 to a secondsurgical structure 133 is shown inFIGS. 34 and 35 . In one embodiment, the first and second surgical structures represent intestinal structures, and theimplant 10 is useful for performing an intestinal anastomoses. In such a procedure, one or more of theimplants 10 are installed with the correspondingreceiver members 12 in thefirst structure 132 and thedeployment members 14 in thesecond structure 133, which are connected together with thefasteners 32 andretainer 44 as taught above. This connects the first andsecond structures side connection 134. It is again noted that this is provided as just one example of a procedure that can be performed with assistance of embodiments of the present invention described herein and is accordingly not intended to be limiting. - Implant Method of Manufacture and Fabrication
- Implants consistent with the present disclosure may be constructed in a variety of ways. In certain embodiments for example, fabrication of the implant may involve (i) molding at least two implant halves (e.g., the
receiver member 12 and/or the deployment member 14) or bases (e.g., thebase 16 of and/or thebase 24 of the deployment member 14) with one or more molding steps, (ii) assembling one or more fasteners (e.g., the fasteners 32) to (or alternatively molding with) the one or more bases and/or implant halves, (iii) placing the one or more bases and/or implant halves in alignment with an end effector (e.g., jaws of an applicator, device, instrument, or mechanism for installing implants, such as those discussed below in more detail) and/or the other of the one or more bases and/or implant halves, and (iv) sterilizing the one or more bases and/or implant halves. The molding step may involve co-molding or over-molding with the base one or more strands, web structure, knit structure, woven structure, mesh, and/or any other structure suitable for a retainer (e.g., the retainer 44) or to impart stiffening properties to the base. The mold cavity(ies) are configured based on both the desired shapes of the bases (e.g., thebases 16 and/or 24) and/or implant halves (e.g., thereceiver member 12 and/or the deployment member 14) as well as the shrinkage characteristics of the molded material to produce one or more bases and/or implant halves. The bases and/or implant halves may for instance have the same, similar, or even different structures, as exemplified by the drawings of the present disclosure. The mold cavities forming the ventrum surface(s) of the bases and/or implant halves may have one or more protrusions that assist in placing a retainer (e.g., the retainer 44) and/or retaining elements such as strands/knit/mesh/weave, etc. (e.g., the strands 46) a predetermined distance away from the ventrum surface (e.g., thesurfaces 18 and/or 26) of the implant (e.g., the implant 10). This may be formed by example via the use of one or more lengthwise protrusions, and may result in one or morecorresponding grooves 17, (best shown inFIGS. 5 and 6 ) at the ventrum surface. Instead of the ventrum surface, portions of the dorsal surface may be used as an alternative means to accomplish the same. - The bases and/or implant halves are preferably formed of a relatively soft, flexible, penetrable and/or puncturable, but also resilient material, such as silicone rubber, as discussed above. The silicone rubber or other material may be injection molded or cast. The
towers 30 formed within the implant may be molded of the same material as the bases, or alternatively may be co-molded or over-molded of a different material, or optionally of the same material family but having different specific properties such as elasticity and/or Shore A hardness. - Additionally, the mold cavities/core pins, etc. used for forming the bases and/or implant halves are sized and shaped such that when the
implant 10 is represented as a beam, each half thereof (e.g., thereceiver member 12 and/or the deployment member 14) will have aneutral axis 172, 174 (i.e., theoretical location where bending stress is zero) along the length of each half and that is closer to the ventrum (or plane ofcontact 170 when no tissue or structure is disposed between the halves) than the dorsum portion of each half (seeFIGS. 30A and 30B ). The location of the neutral axis will move depending on the relative second area moment of inertia and stiffness properties along theimplant 10. This is illustrated for example inFIGS. 30A and 30B , wherein theneutral axis neutral axis 172 of thereceiver member 12 is closer to the ventrum than for the correspondingneutral axis 174 of thedeployment member 14. When aretainer 44 having a material property of a higher modulus of elasticity than the material chosen for the base (or overall receiver member/deployment member) is integrated to the bases of each halves, the neutral axis is moved even more towards the ventrum. This results in a neutral axis for at least one, and preferably both halves, in which theheight neutral axis contact 170 is 40% or less than the section'soverall height certain embodiments 20% or less. In certain embodiments, the modulus of elasticity for theretainer 44 is 100 times greater than that of the molded portions of the receiver member and deployment member, more preferably 200 times greater, even more preferably 400 times greater, even more preferably 600 times greater, even more preferably 800 or even 1000 times greater. Additionally, in some embodiments the shape and material properties may be chosen such that the resulting half (including retainer 44) would have a bending stiffness (i.e., modulus of elasticity multiplied by the second moment of area) of about 1.3×10−11 MPa m4 or greater, more preferably 1.8×10−11 MPa m4 or greater, even more preferably 2.2×10−11 MPa m4 or greater, more preferably 2.7×10−11 MPa m4 or greater, and even more preferably 3.0×10−11 MPa m4 or greater. - The strands (e.g., the strands 46) of the retainer may be formed as either unique strands, or optionally as a portion of a knit, mesh, weave or similar structure, of which the material chosen may be polypropylene, polyester (PET), PEEK, Nylon, or the other materials discussed above, and/or combinations thereof. When multiple connected or formed strands are used (such as in a mesh), a variety of spacings or openings may be chosen depending on the size of the fastener selected. Openings (e.g., the interstices 48) may be for example anywhere from 0.500 inches to 0.001 inches, more preferably 0.250 inches to 0.005 inches, even more preferably 0.100 inches to 0.010 inches, and even more preferably 0.050 to 0.020 inches, and yet further between 0.025 inches to 0.030 inches. The open areas (e.g., the interstices 48) between crisscrossing strands (e.g., the strands 46) when utilized are preferably sized in accordance with the size and shape of the fastener (e.g., the fastener 32) chosen. Examples may include, for instance, ranges between 0.001 sq. in. to 0.100 sq. in., more preferably 0.0001 sq. in. to 0.0080 sq. in., even more preferably 0.0002 sq. in. to 0.0020 sq. in., 0.0003 sq. in. to 0.0012 sq. in., and most preferably about 0.0005 sq. in. to 0.0010 sq. in. Such open spaces (e.g., the interstices 48) may be square, rectangular, diamond-shaped, and/or other types of polygonal shapes may be utilized. Triangular and circular or elliptical shapes are also contemplated, as well as any of the shapes and structures shown by example in
FIGS. 7 a and 7 b (shown without the base) andFIGS. 20-26 (shown with the base). - In a sample embodiment, a mesh having a crisscrossing construction forming generally square openings of a precision polyester is chosen (see for example
FIG. 7B ). Such meshes may be sourced for instance through McMaster-Carr (Robbinsville, N.J., USA). The mesh is cut in a manner that facilitates its later placement into a mold cavity. Preferably, the mesh is cut such that the mesh self-aligns to be generally centered in the mold cavity chosen for the base(s) (e.g., thebases 16 and/or 24). The mesh is then placed in the mold, and then formed within liquefied silicone under conditions that permit the silicone to form around the mesh. While many silicones, such as medical grade and/or food grade silicones may work, implant grade silicones are preferred. Preferably, the hardness of the silicone (once cured) is of a Shore A durometer between 5 and 55, more preferably 10 and 45, more preferably 20 and 40, and most preferably about between 25 and 35, such as 30. Of course, materials with a Shore A durometer above 55 or below 5 may also be used depending on the situation. Materials may be sourced from a variety of vendors, including for instance Applied Silicone Corporation (Santa Paula, Calif., USA), and Dow Corning Corporation (Corning, N.Y., USA) under the trade name SILASTIC. - After the mold cavity has been set and filled, the liquefied silicone is cured and removed for subsequent assembly with a fastener. Before, during, or after the process of forming the halves, one or more fasteners (e.g., the fasteners 32) are fabricated for being joined or integrated with at least one of the halves. In an example embodiment, the
fasteners 32 are first formed in astrip 140 of metal (e.g., 304 or 301 stainless steel) through a chemical etching process, although other machining processes such as wire EDM and stamping/punching and/or die cutting may be used. The resultingstrip 140 is illustrated inFIGS. 43 and 44 , and has one or moreoutside edges 142 connected to thefastener bodies 38 of each flat-formedfastener body 33 at one ormore locations 144 perfastener body 38. The flat-formedfastener bodies 38 are shown inFIGS. 43 and 44 to be radially oriented in an overlapping pattern, offset a width ordistance 152 as shown inFIG. 44 . The offset distance(s) 152 preferably is chosen so that eachfastener 32 aligns with itsrespective tower 30 of the half it will be integrated with. - The
strip 140 is then placed in a forming tool (not shown) which aligns thestrip 140 with one or more anvils (not shown) to facilitate bending of the one or more of thelegs 36 to an orientation generally normal/perpendicular to the plane of thestrip 140. Alignment with the forming tool may be achieved with the assistance ofalignment apertures 31. Sufficient pressure is then applied against thelegs 36 to transform the flat-formedfastener body 33 shown inFIGS. 36 and 37 into the shapedfastener 32 ofFIGS. 38-42 . While theprimary leg 36 of the fastener may have a single width throughout, in other embodiments it may have a wide section defined by thewidth 146 as well as a narrower section defined by awidth 148, as shown inFIG. 36 . Abend 154 caused by the deforming step may occur within any portion of theleg 36 but preferably occurs within thewide section 146 for thoselegs 36 having varying widths, and forms a curve about anaxis 156 that provides a smooth transition between theleg 36 and thebody 38. Additionally, a spacing 153 of the legs (FIG. 40 ) is chosen such that there is little, minor, or no interference between thefastener 32legs 16 and thetowers 30 once assembled together. That is, preferably thespacing 153 exceeds the width of thetower 30 over which the fastener is mounted. - The
tips 40 of the shaped fastener(s) 32 may optionally then be sharpened on one or more of their edges to achieve a sufficient reduction in penetrating forces depending on the material(s) of thebases 16 and/or 24, as well as the tissue or structure intended to be pierced. As shown in the embodiment ofFIGS. 41 and 42 , edges 41B are beveled or sharpened, and may in some embodiments only be beveled on the outermost surface of thelegs 36. The beveling may occur when the fastener is flat-formed as shown inFIGS. 36 and 37 , or alternately when it is formed in a bent configuration as shown for example inFIGS. 38-42 . Other tip designs may of course be provided. - One or both of the
towers 30 andfasteners 32 may be lubricated to facilitate reciprocal movement of each structure with respect to the other. In some instances, thefastener 32 may be dip coated into PTFE to reduce the friction should contact occur between thefastener 32 andtower 30. Other lubricants may also be suitable. - Each
fastener 32 may subsequently be aligned with a corresponding one of thetowers 30. This may be achieved individually or simultaneously with a plurality of thefasteners 32. For instance, when thebent fasteners 32 are still interconnected in thestrip format 140, thestrip 140 can be used as an alignment tool for facilitating assembly of thefasteners 32 simultaneously onto multiple ones of thetowers 30 of adeployment member 14. The alignment apertures 25 (seeFIG. 5 ) located within thebases 24 on opposite sides of thetowers 30 may be provided to further facilitate assembly, by providing a guiding hole for thetips 40 to be placed in during the alignment step of the fabrication process. Once properly aligned, thefasteners 32 may be secured to the base in a variety of manners. In one such exemplary embodiment, frictional forces maintain the connection between the fastener and the half. In another embodiment, thetips 40 are retained within the base (e.g., the base 24) of the half (e.g., the deployment member 14) associated with the tower via engagement of one or more retaining elements or strands (e.g., the strands 46) of the retainers (e.g., the retainer 44) positioned in thedeployment member 14. - When assembled via the
strip 140, a post-assembly process involving the cutting of thefasteners 32 from the strip outside edges is performed. Instead of a post-assembly process, separation of the fasteners can occur before attachment to the corresponding base (e.g., thebases 16 and/or 24) and/or implant halve(s) (e.g., the deployment member 14). This may allow for in-mold assembly of the fastener with the base and/or half as well as in other embodiments co-molding or over-molding of the fastener (e.g., the fastener 32) to the bases and/or halve(s). - In addition to the aforementioned embodiments, additional embodiments are contemplated.
FIG. 45 represents a schematic representation of pairs of fastener/tower structures or deployment segments (e.g., one of the segments 28) (referenced as segments A) aligned with receiving segments B (e.g., one of the segments 20). WhileFIG. 45 illustrates an arrangement of segments A and B ondifferent halves same half 164, as illustrated inFIG. 46 . For example, instead of designated deployment and receiving halves, an implant may be formed from essentiallyidentical halves 164 having alternating deployment and receiving segments. That is, in one embodiment the implant halves include alternating ones of thesegments FIG. 45 . Furthermore, the halves do not have to have an equal quantity of segments B to align with the quantity of segments A, nor are the halves required to directly overlap to the corresponding half, as represented inFIG. 47 wherein a first and second of the segments A of afirst half 166 may align with segments B ofdifferent half 168. This may allow for linking multiple halves together when the length of one half is insufficient for a certain procedure. Many other permutations are of course possible due to the flexible nature offered by the disclosed embodiments. - It is to be noted that the
barbs 42 or other elements suitable for grabbing, catching, or engaging a retainer may be formed as any structure that protrudes outwardly and is thus so capable of catching, grabbing, or otherwise engaging with a retainer, such as the retainer 44 (which elements are collectively referred to as barbs). For example, the embodiment ofFIG. 48A , afastener 185 is formed with a helical or spiraled shank or leg 186. The helical leg 186 is formed with respect to anaxis 188. Since the leg 186 has a thickness that is much less than the width of the helical shape made by the leg 186 about theaxis 188, the leg 186 is able to pass through relatively small openings (e.g., the interstices 48) while being rotated during forward advancement. In this way, pulling back against thefastener 185, but without rotation (e.g., such as would occur due to the force exerted by the towers 30), will cause eachturn 189 of thefastener 185 to act as a barb and grab, catch, or engage with a retainer or retaining elements (e.g., the strands 46 of the retainer 44). Another embodiment is illustrated inFIG. 48A . In this embodiment, afastener 190 includes aleg 192. Aflange 194 extends from theleg 192. Theflange 194 may be a continuous flange, e.g., helically or spirally formed about theleg 192, or formed as discrete elements. Similar to thefastener 160 inFIG. 48A , theleg 192 can be advanced through a relatively small opening (e.g., the interstices 48) by advancing thefastener 190 toward the opening and rotating thefastener 190. However, when thefastener 190 is pulled back in the opposite direction without rotation, theflange 194 will act as a barb and catch, grab, or engage with a retainer or retaining elements (e.g., the strands 46 of the retainer 44). Although the fasteners ofFIGS. 48A and 48B are shown with one leg, two or more legs can extend from the base (body). - Embodiments of the present disclosure are further directed to an apparatus and method for delivering and implanting one or more surgical implants, such as any of the previously described embodiments for or related to the
surgical implant 10, or other fasteners, clamps, clips or other closure or sealing devices. That is, embodiments of the current invention are directed to various alternative and improved devices, apparatus, systems and methods for implanting a surgical implant to, for example, close a tissue structure of a patient which include but are not limited to blood vessels, parenchyma, bronchi, atrial appendages and the like. Tools and implants according to the present invention can be configured and dimensioned to seal and transect large vessels and bulk tissue up to about 5 mm compressed thickness and may have a configuration and size sufficient to fit through a port, such as a 20 mm in diameter or less to allow for minimally invasive surgical procedures, and flexible enough to maneuver to an intended surgical target. The surgical implant applicator and system may be designed to well tolerate thickness variations of the tissue to be closed along a length of a surgical implant. The surgical implant applicator of the present invention may advantageously also use smaller, less expensive closing mechanisms than those used in currently known apparatus, as the surgical implant to be implanted by the apparatus do not require the amount of precision for alignment and closing that is required of currently known apparatus. Additionally, the surgical implant applicator can be provided to mount two surgical implants (or a bisectable single surgical implant) and with a cutting element to sever tissue (and the closure device when a single bisectable device is employed) between two locations where the tissue has been closed by the closure device(s). Still further alternatively, the surgical implant applicator can be provided to mount one closure device for implantation in sealing off a location with the single device. - The applicator described below moves, mounts, and/or applies two implants side by side extending generally linearly. It is also contemplated that alternatively, the implant can be arranged non-linearly, including a circular or arcuate arrangement as discussed above. Although the applicator described is for endoscopic or minimally invasive surgical products, it is also contemplated that the implants described herein can be utilized in “open” procedures. Also, the illustrated is shown to have a rigid shaft, but flexible shafts and instruments can also be utilized for use in certain endoscopic procedures. Additionally, applicators without a shaft (i.e., such as a configuration that is “scissor-like” or otherwise resembles the gross structure of a long-nose pliers, with two pivoting grips, each grip operably engaged with either a top or bottom half of the implant to move the halves to and from each other), may be utilized.
- Referring now to
FIG. 50 , an isometric view of one embodiment of asystem 1000 for installing surgical implants according to embodiments disclosed herein, e.g., theimplant 10, is illustrated. As discussed above, surgical implants disclosed herein, such as theimplant 10, can be useful for closing, sealing, or securing together one or more surgical structures during a medical procedure performed on a patient. As shown, thesystem 1000 includes thesurgical implant 10 and asurgical implant applicator 500, which may also be referred to as a tool, device, instrument, or the like. It is to be appreciated that theimplant 10 may be installed using devices other than theapplicator 500, and likewise, that theapplicator 500 may be used to install surgical implants other than theimplant 10. Furthermore, it is noted that aspects of theapplicator 500 may be useful in medical procedures that do not include surgical implants, e.g., such as any requiring actuatable jaws, slidable actuation of mechanisms along an end effector, articulation or rotation of an end effector, etc., as will be better appreciated below with respect to the various components and assemblies of theapplicator 500. - In
FIG. 50 , theimplant 10 is illustrated as mounted on anend effector 502 configured as a distal portion of thesurgical implant applicator 500. Again, it is to be appreciated that theapplicator 500 may be used for implanting surgical implants other than theimplant 10, e.g., including the various embodiments discussed herein, and that theimplant 10 is given as a representative example only. Accordingly, it is noted that any reference to theimplant 10 with respect to theapplicator 500 is for the purpose of assisting in describing various modes of operating theapplicator 500. - The
end effector 502 of theapplicator 500 includes a set of jaws designated with ajaw 504 a and ajaw 504 b (collectively, “the jaws 504”). Due to the illustrated orientation of the jaws 504 throughout the Figures, thejaw 504 a may be referred to herein as the upper jaw, and thejaw 504 b as the lower jaw, although it is to be appreciated that this is for the sake of discussion only and that thejaw 504 a does not necessary have to be “above” thejaw 504 b in other embodiments (or after manipulating the jaws 504, e.g., as discussed below). FIGS. 50 and 51A-51D show thesurgical implant applicator 500 in an open configuration for the jaws 504, with opposing first and second portions of thesurgical implant 10, namely thereceiver member 12 and the deployment member 14 (e.g., or in other embodiments, others such as thehalves FIGS. 45-47 ), mounted in the upper andlower jaws surgical implant applicator 500 includes aproximal assembly 506 that is connected to theend effector 502 via ashaft 508 extending therebetween. In one embodiment, theshaft 508 has a diameter of about less than 10 mm, and preferably about 8 mm, although other dimensions are contemplated. Theproximal assembly 506 includes ahousing 510 having ahandle 512 configured to enable a user to hold and operate thesurgical implant applicator 500, e.g., with a single hand, and atrigger 514, which may also or alternatively be referred to as a lever, movable actuator, etc. In one embodiment, thetrigger 514 is arranged to be operated by the same hand holding theapplicator 500 by thehandle 512 to effect operation of theend effector 502, e.g., closing, cutting, and/or reset operations that are discussed in more detail below. - The
end effector 502 is connected to theproximal assembly 506 via a joint 516 positioned proximate to a distal end of theshaft 508. Apositioning assembly 518 is included by thesurgical implant applicator 500 and configured to perform articulation of the end effector 502 (that is, e.g., left and right or side-to-side angulation of theend effector 502 relative to alongitudinal axis 520 of the shaft 508). For example,FIGS. 52A-52D show theend effector 502 having been angled to the left with respect to theaxis 520 and the orientation of that Figure. Additionally, thepositioning assembly 518 is configured to control rotation of theend effector 502 about thelongitudinal axis 520 of theshaft 516, relative to theproximal assembly 506. While the end effector is shown to be non-removable attached to the shaft, alternatively, it can be removable with respect to the shaft and replaced by a new end effector (having a new set of jaws) containing a new implant. Also, while the shaft may preferably be rigid and straight, in alternative embodiments it may be flexible and non-rigid. - In one embodiment, the
positioning assembly 518 may include arotation actuator 522 that is mounted toproximal assembly 506, but rotatable with respect thereto. Therotation actuator 522 may include a plurality of ribs orridges 524 that facilitate gripping thereof by a user. Therotation actuator 522 may be non-rotatably mounted with respect to theshaft 508, with theshaft 508 also rotatably mounted to thehousing 510, and theend effector 502 non-rotatably mounted to theshaft 508. In this way, rotation of theactuator 522, e.g., via a user gripping theactuator 522 at theribs 524 and turning theactuation 522 with respect to thehousing 510, causes rotation of theshaft 508, and also of theend effector 502, about theaxis 520. In one embodiment, therotation actuator 522 enables more than about 90° and preferably about 180° of rotation about theaxis 520 in either direction. - As noted above, the
end effector 502 is pivotally mounted relative to theshaft 508 via the joint 516. For example, the joint 516 may be configured to enable rotation or articulation of theend effector 502 about an axis 526 (FIG. 51B ), which is transverse, e.g., perpendicular, to theaxis 520. Alternatively, a mechanism can be provided so theend effector 502 is rotatable relative to theshaft 520. The jaws 504 may be arranged together with theend effector 502 so that the jaws 504 of theend effector 502 can be articulated, e.g., pivoted left or right or side-to-side about theaxis 526, in unison relative to theshaft 508. As shown, there is one stationary jaw and one moveable jaw (i.e., moveable with respect to the stationary jaw), but alternatively both jaws can be movable and/or pivotable. In one embodiment, theend effector 502 can be articulated by at least about 30° to 45° from theaxis 520, and preferably about 60° from theaxis 520 to either side with respect to theaxis 520. As noted above, in alternative embodiments the shaft can be flexible instead of rigid as shown. Thepositioning assembly 518 may include anarticulation actuator 528 that is configured to cause the above-described articulation of theend effector 502 when thearticulation actuator 528 is rotated. Aknob 530 may be included and non-rotatably mounted to theactuator 528 in order to enable a user to rotate thearticulation actuator 528 via rotation of theknob 530. Rotation of thearticulation actuator 528 in a first direction (such as counterclockwise in the embodiment ofFIGS. 52A-52C ) may be arranged to cause theend effector 502, along with the jaws 504, to correspondingly angle in the first direction (e.g., to the left relative to theaxis 520 by an amount represented by an angle α in the embodiment ofFIGS. 52A-52C ). Rotation of thearticulation actuator 528 in a second direction opposite to the first direction (such as clockwise in the embodiment ofFIGS. 52A-52C ) causesend effector 502 and/or the jaws 504 to correspondingly angle in the second direction (e.g., to the right relative to theaxis 520 in the embodiment ofFIG. 52A-52C ). The farther thearticulation actuator 528 is rotated, the greater the angle of deviation of theend effector 502 and/or the jaws 504 from thelongitudinal axis 520 of theshaft 508. The articulation movement of theend effector 502 and/or the jaws 504 may be in or with respect to a plane, but it is noted that the plane of movement can vary, e.g., be rotated with respect to theaxis 520, by rotation ofrotation actuator 522. - The
articulation actuator 528 may include one or more relief features 532, such as scallops, detents, or indents, to provide a predetermined amount of frictional resistance to thearticulation actuator 528 that allows it to be rotated by hand by a user, but provides sufficient friction to prevent it from counter-rotating after the user's hand is removed from thearticulation actuator 528. The relief features 532 may also provide sufficient friction so that theend effector 502 maintains the desired degree of angulation until the user decides to again operate thearticulation actuator 528, e.g., via theknob 530. In the embodiment shown inFIG. 52D , one ormore detent balls 534 are resiliently or spring-loadedly mounted to therotation actuator 526, or other component of thepositioning assembly 518, and interact with the relief features 532 to provide the predetermined amount of friction. One or more articulation drivers may be included, e.g., two such drivers designated with thenumerals FIG. 52C mounted at their proximal ends (e.g., pivotally mounted) to thearticulation actuator 528. More specifically, the articulation drivers 536 may be mounted on opposite sides of the articulation actuator 528 (i.e., the drivers 536 are eccentrically mounted to the actuator 528), such that rotation of thearticulation actuator 528 pushes one of articulation drivers 536 and pulls the other. The distal ends of the articulation drivers 536 are pivotally mounted to opposite sides of the joint 516, designated with thenumerals end effector 502 thereby effecting angular articulation of theend effector 502. The articulation drivers 536 may preferably be flat ribbons having suitable tensile and/or compressive strength in their axial direction during the pulling and/or pushing operations. Alternatively, the articulation drivers 536 may be rigid rods or the like. In one embodiment, articulation drivers in the form of cables or wires are used, and forces for articulating theend effector 502 is transferred from theactuator 528 via tension only. - In addition to rotation and articulation of the
end effector 502, thesurgical implant applicator 500 may be configured to perform additional functions, such as transitioning the jaws between opened and closed configurations, actuating fasteners of an implant (e.g., thefasteners 32 of the implant 10) disposed with the jaws 504, cutting surgical structures positioned between the jaws 504 proximate to the implant 10 (e.g., cutting along thechannel 124 of theimplant 10 discussed above), etc. In one embodiment, thetrigger 514 may be arranged with, or as part of, an end effector driving assembly ormechanism 540 to enable one or more of the above functions of theend effector 502 to occur. - In one embodiment, the
mechanism 540 may be arranged to cause actuation of adriver 542 along the length of the jaws 504. A first or drivecable 544 and/or a second or return cable 546 (FIGS. 53A and 53B ) may be connected to and transmit force from the endeffector driving mechanism 540 to thedriver 542. Thecables cables 544 and/or 546, or other tensile elements, may be connected to the upper jaw 504, thelower jaw 506, or other components of theend effector 502. Thecables mechanism 540 and thedriver 542 to enable movement of thedriver 542 relative to theend effector 502. Specifically in this embodiment, thedrive cable 544 is arranged to pull thedriver 542 in the distal direction, while thereturn cable 546 is arranged to pull thedriver 542 proximally back to its initial position. - According to the illustrated embodiment, each of the
cables mechanism 540 through theshaft 508, distally past the joint 516 to theend effector 502 through a slot or opening 550 (FIG. 54B ) in a distal end portion of the joint 516. Thedrive cable 544 continues along and through aframe 552 of thejaw 504 b, through an opening, slot, orpassage 554 in the distal driver 542 (e.g., see the view inFIG. 53A ) around apulley 556 located adjacent the distal end of thejaw 504 b, around a post 558 (e.g., see the bottom view inFIG. 53B ) of thedistal driver 542, back around thepulley 556, back through thepassage 554 in thedriver 542, and back through theopening 550 and theshaft 508 to the drive spools 548 a. Thereturn cable 546 is looped or threaded around apost 560 extending between a pair offlanges 562 of thedriver 542 and back through theopening 550 and theshaft 508 to thespool 548 b. Since each of thecables cables FIG. 52C ), to direct thecables 544 and/or 546 toward thedriver 542 and/or to keep thecables 544 and/or 546 away from the moving parts of themechanism 540. It is noted that thecables applicator 500. - In the illustrated embodiment, the
cables more fasteners 564. That is, for example, thefasteners 564 each have a head or flange that is arranged to pinch or clamp thecables 544 and/or 546 to the spools 548. Thefasteners 564 may be any suitable bolt, screw, clamp, clasp, etc. In one embodiment, thecables 544 and/or 546 may be arranged with a knot, bulge, or protuberance that is locked to one of the spools 548. Alternatively or additionally, thecables 544 and/or 546 may be formed similarly to a lasso (or double-sided lasso), with only the terminal end or ends of thecables 544 and/or 546 forming a loop for engagement with a post or fastener. It is to be appreciated that thecables 544 and/or 546 may be anchored, pinned, or otherwise secured to thedriver 542 without looping about theposts cables 544 and/or 546 terminates at thedriver 542 and an opposite end of each of thecables 544 and/or 546 terminates at the corresponding one of the spools 548. For example, theposts fasteners 564. It is noted that each or either of thecables 544 and/or 546 may be a multi-strand cable, either metallic or non-metallic, a single fiber or wire, belt, or other equivalent elongated, flexible member having sufficient tensile strength and dimensions to perform the functions described. - As will be discussed in more detail below, the
cables drive cable 544, and rotation of the spools 548 in the opposite direction causes tension of thereturn cable 546. For example, thedrive cable 544 can be wrapped clockwise about thespool 548 a, such that counter-clockwise rotation of the spools 548 tightens thecable 544, and thereturn cable 546 can be wrapped counter-clockwise about thespool 548 b, such that clockwise rotation of the spools 548 tightens thecable 546. Due to the inclusion of thepulley 556, tension in thedrive cable 544 urges or pulls thedriver 542 in the distal direction, while tension in thereturn cable 546 oppositely urges or pulls thedriver 542 in the proximal direction. In this way, rotation of the spool 548 in one direction causes thedriver 542 to travel distally along the jaws 504, while rotation of the spool 548 in the opposite direction cause thedriver 542 to travel proximally along the jaws 504. - As noted above, the
distal driver 542 is configured to perform multiple functions, including closing and opening jaws 504 cutting surgical structures located between the jaws 504 when the jaws 504 are in the closed configuration, installing implants, e.g., theimplant 10, disposed with the jaws 504, etc. In order to provide these functions, thedevice driver 542 may be movably or slidably mounted along a length of theend effector 502. For example, thedevice driver 542, as shown inFIGS. 54C and 55A , may include a bottom, lower, orfirst body portion 568 that engages a lower surface oflower jaw frame 552 of thejaw 504 b and a top, upper, orsecond body portion 570 that engages an upper surface of theupper jaw 504 a. In this embodiment, a rigid intermediatethird body portion 572 may extend between and connect the first andsecond body portions - For example, the first, second and
third body portions FIG. 54C . Thebottom body portion 568 ofdriver 542 may be slidably mounted on a set ofrails 574 of thelower jaw 504 b so that thedriver 542 can be driven back and forth, e.g., via thecables FIGS. 54A-54C , and a distal end location proximally adjacent thepulley 556, e.g., shown inFIGS. 55A-55C . Thetop body portion 562 of thedriver 542 is located on the top surface ofupper jaw 504 a when assembled (e.g., with respect toFIGS. 54A-55C , and can best be seen inFIG. 55B ) opposite thesecond body portion 570 having flanges or portions located above and/or below therails 574. The first andsecond portions second body portions slots upper jaw 504 a and thelower jaw 504 b, respectively, through which thethird body portion 572 extends and along which theintermediate body portion 572 ofdistal driver 542 slides or travels as thedistal driver 542 is translated distally and proximally relative to the jaws 504. - A blade, knife, cutter, or cutting implement 580 may be connected to, formed on, integral with, or otherwise form a part of a distal surface of
third body portion 572 for purposes of severing tissue, implants such as thesurgical implant 10, and/or other surgical structures positioned between the jaws 504 and along the length of theslot 578. For example, cutting of surgical structures can be performed via thecutter 580. For example, as discussed above, if the surgical implant includes two or more rows, e.g., the rows 35 of theimplant 10, of fastening subassemblies along a length ofend effector 502, the cutting implement 580 may be positioned between the rows, such that the cutting operation with thedriver 542 acts to sever the installed surgical implant, and the corresponding surgical structure on which the implant is installed, into two portions, one on each side of the cut made by the cutting implement 580 of thedriver 542. In one embodiment, with specific reference to theimplant 10 being used with theapplicator 500, the cutting implement 580 severs thebridge 37, while in other embodiments the cutting implement 580 does not travel down the entire length of the jaws 504, such that thebridge 37 at the distal end of the implant (see e.g.,FIG. 1 ) or other connecting element between rows of the implant is not cut, leaving the two rows attached at their distal portions. In one embodiment, for example, theimplant 10 has a length of about 60 mm, while the cutting implement 580 travels about 55 mm of this length. - It is noted that before cutting occurs, initial distal advancement of the
driver 542 from the proximal end of the jaws 504 initially toward the distal end, e.g., by drawing on the cable 544 (e.g., spooling onto thespool 548 awhile allowing cable 546 to lengthen (e.g., unspooling from thespool 548 b), causes the jaws 504 to close shut, as shown inFIG. 55B-55C . More specifically, thedistal driver 542 draws thetop jaw 504 a toward thebottom jaw 504 b by squeezing the jaws 504 between thetop body portion 570 and theflange 576 of thebottom body portion 568 as thedistal driver 542 is distally advanced. - For example, as shown best in
FIGS. 55B-55C , thetop body portion 570 is initially located in a curved orangled recess 582 of thejaw 504 a when thedriver 542 is in its initial position. Therecess 582 includes a distal slopedsurface 583 a and a proximalsloped surface 583 b. As thetop body portion 570 is moved distally against the distal slopedsurface 583 a (e.g., during initial movement of thedriver 542 via the cable 544), thetop body portion 570 will press against thesurface 583 a, forcing thejaw 504 a to rotate toward theopposite jaw 504 b, thereby closing the jaws 504. Oppositely, moving thetop body portion 570 proximally against the proximalsloped surface 583 b (e.g., during return movement of thedriver 542 back to its initial position with the cable 546), thetop body portion 570 will press against thesurface 583 b, forcing thejaw 504 a to rotate away from theopposite jaw 504 b, thereby opening the jaws 504. Additionally or alternatively to thesurface 583 b being pressed, a spring or biasingelement 581 may be included to urge the jaws 504 into their open configuration when thedriver 542 is aligned with therecess 582. In this way, the jaws 504 can be transitioned between their opened and closed configurations by moving thetop body portion 570 of the driver distally and proximally within therecess 582. In one embodiment, the jaws 504 are opened at an angle of about 30° to 60°, and preferably about 45°. - During this initial portion of the travel of the
driver 542, during which the jaws 504 are still transitioning to the closed configuration, one ormore shields 584 and/or 585 may be located on the upper andlower jaws 504 a and/or 504 b, respectively. That is, theshields 584 prevent any tissue or surgical structures from being positioned too deeply into the jaws 504, thereby ensuring that thecutter 580 of thedistal driver 542 does not encounter or cut tissue or other surgical structures until after the surgical implant, e.g., theimplant 10, is installed via theapplicator 500. The cutting implement 580 does not travel past theshields 584 and/or 585 until the jaws have been fully closed. - In order to connect the halves of the surgical implant disposed with the jaws 504, e.g., the
receiver member 12 and thedeployment member 14 of theimplant 10, thedriver 542 may include a driving ramp for each row of fastener subassemblies included by the implant. For example, in the illustrated embodiment, thedevice 500 is arranged with a pair oframps FIGS. 54C and 55A , corresponding to therows implant 10. It is noted that only one ramp is needed in embodiments in which the implant has only a single row of fasteners. The ramps 586 each include adistal engagement surface 588, which is ramped up to a peak 590, which may take the form of a flattened section. During distal travel of thedriver 542 along the jaws 504, thesurfaces 588 of the ramps 586 engage against one ormore pushers 592, corresponding to the number of fasteners of the implant being installed by theapplicator 500. For example, in the illustrated embodiment, thepushers 592 are arranged in two rows of ten pushers, corresponding to the two rows 35 of tenfasteners 32 of theimplant 10. Again, it is noted that other numbers of pushers may be used in embodiments having an implant with a greater or lesser number of fasteners. Also, the pushers can be configured to engage and advance more than one fastener at a time so fewer pushers can be provided. - The pushers are arranged to engage and/or receive each fasteners and/or compressible towers of the deployment segments of the implant being implanted by the applicator. For example, the
pushers 592 of theapplicator 500 includepockets 594 configured to receive thefasteners 32 and thetowers 30 of thedeployment segments 28 of thedeployment member 14 of theimplant 10 therein.FIG. 56B is a longitudinal sectional view taken along line B-B inFIG. 56A and illustrates thepushers 592, each being aligned with one of thetowers 30 of thesurgical implant 10. In this way, distal movement of thedriver 542 causes thepushers 592 to first engage, and then climb, thesurfaces 588 of the ramps 586. This causes thepushers 592 to push thefasteners 32 toward the opposite jaw, e.g., thejaw 504 a, which is carrying thereceiver member 12 and/or receiving segments, such as thesegments 20, corresponding to the fasteners driven by thepushers 592. The dimensions of the peak 590, thepushers 592, thetowers 30, thelegs 36 of thefasteners 32, the distance between the jaws 504 when in the closed configuration, etc. can be set with respect to each other such that when thepushers 592 reach the peak 590, thepushers 592 displace the fasteners 32 (e.g., by compressing thetowers 30, as described above) a sufficient distance to cause or ensure that thebarbs 42 at the ends of thetips 40 of thelegs 36 engage with theretainer 44 in the receivingmember 12 and/or the receiving segments, e.g., thesegments 20, held by thejaw 504 a opposite thereto. The ramps 586 may include aproximal engagement surface 596, sloping opposite to that ofsurface 588 which gradually returns thepushers 592 to their initial positions and enables thedriver 542 to be returned past thepushers 592 when thedriver 542 is moved proximally back to its initial position. - In one embodiment, the
distal ramp surface 588 may rise at a smaller angle than the angle at which theproximal ramp surface 596 falls. Thus, during operation, thedistal surface 588 drives each of thepushers 592 at a more gradual rate than the rate at which the ramp 586 enables thepushers 592 to return to their initial positions via the proximal surfaces 596. This may provide a more controlled driving of thefasteners 32 by thepushers 592 through the tissue or other surgical structure and into the opposite member, e.g., the receivingmember 12 of thesurgical implant 10, while more rapidly enabling thepushers 592 to move away from thesurgical implant 10 as thedriver 542 is moved distally. The peak 590 may be arranged as a substantially horizontal surface that briefly sustains a maximum driving force of thedriver 542 and thepushers 592 against thesurgical implant 10. It is additionally noted that theproximal surface 596 upon retraction of thepusher 592 will cause thepushers 592 to again be driven toward the opposite jaw, thereby potentially reapplying the actuation force to thefasteners 32, thetowers 30, etc., which reapplication of force may assist in creating a better seal or more secure connection with the implant, and/or to provide a second opportunity to correctly fire any misfired ones of the fasteners (e.g., to re-actuate ones of thefasteners 32, which did not engage with theretainer 44, into engagement with the retainer 44). - In view of the foregoing, it is to be appreciated that in one example of operating the
applicator 500, once the jaws 504 have been located in a desired surgical target area and closed on the surgical target, thedistal driver 542 can be advanced distally along the length of the jaws 504 by drawing on or shortening the cable 544 (e.g., spooling thecable 544 about thespool 548 a) while simultaneously allowingcable 546 to be pulled and lengthened (e.g., unspooling thecable 546 from thespool 548 b). The distal movement of thedriver 542 will simultaneously install thesurgical implant 10, e.g., due to thepushers 592 engaging and climbing the ramps 586, and cut the tissue or surgical structure clamped between the jaws 504, due to travel of the cutting implement 580 along the length of the jaws 504, in a single operation. - After completion of the connection of the implant halves (e.g., the
members distal driver 542 may be returned proximally back along the jaws 504 to its initial position at the proximal end of the jaws 504. The return of thedistal driver 542 may be driven by shortening the cable 546 (e.g., by spooling thecable 546 about thespool 548 b) to cause pulling of thedriver 542 in the proximal direction, while at the same time allowing thecable 544 to be pulled and lengthened (e.g., by unspooling thecable 544 from thespool 548 a) to enable the return of thedriver 542 to its initial position. - Referring back to
FIGS. 51A-51D , thecables housing 510 of thesurgical implant applicator 500 and connect to the spools 548 of thedriving mechanism 540, as described above. Thedriving mechanism 540 is operatively connected to thetrigger 514 to enable a user to perform opening and closing operations of the jaws 504, installation of one or more surgical implants (e.g., the implant 10), cutting of tissue or surgical structures located between the jaws 504, etc., via manipulation of thetrigger 514. Thetrigger 514 may be biased to its initial position shown inFIGS. 51A-51D , e.g., via a spring or biasingelement 598, so that thetrigger 514 returns to its initial position after each pull of thetrigger 514 towardhandle 512 and subsequent release of the pulling force. - The
driving mechanism 540 includes one ormore ratchet assemblies 600, each having a pair of ratchet gears orwheels ratchet wheels 602”) and alock wheel 604. Thewheels trigger 514 includes one ormore drive pawls 606 rotatably mounted thereto that are engagable with the teeth of both of theratchet wheels 602. As thetrigger 514 is pulled, thepawl 606 engages the teeth on both of theratchet wheels 602 in order to drive theratchet wheels 602. That is, for example, the teeth of theratchet wheels 600 are angled to permit movement of thepawls 606 relative to the teeth in one direction, while rotating thewheels 600 due to movement of thepawl 606 in the other direction. In the illustrated embodiment, pulling thetrigger 514 toward thehandle 512 causes thepawls 606 to grab the teeth of thewheels 602, rotating the wheels 602 (and the lock wheel 604) in the counterclockwise direction with respect to the orientation shown inFIGS. 51A-51D . It is noted that thedriving mechanism 540 may include a second one of theassemblies 600 and of thepawls 606 located on the opposite side of a follower gear 608 (discussed below) that are arranged as mirror images to theassembly 600 and thepawl 606, and which function in essentially the same manner described above, thereby providing redundancy and balance to operation of themechanism 540. Themechanism 540 is shown inFIG. 57A with one of theassemblies 600 and with thedrive spool 548 b removed for clarity of the components of themechanism 540 that may be hidden in the other Figures. - The
assembly 600 may include aninterlock 610, shown best inFIGS. 57B-57C , which has aprotrusion 612 that engages or catches a lip orshoulder 614 of thetrigger 514 to locktrigger 514 relative to ratchetwheels 602. Theinterlock 610 in combination with thepawl 606 causes thetrigger 514 and theratchet wheels 602 to move in unison in both directions of movement of thetrigger 514, until theinterlock 610 is released. For example, as discussed in more detail below, theinterlock 610 may be spring-loaded such that it can be pushed away from thetrigger 514, removing the interference between thelip 614 of thetrigger 514 and theprotrusion 612 of theinterlock 610. - The
trigger 514 is shown in its initial position inFIGS. 51A-51D and in a first or intermediate actuation position inFIGS. 58A-58D . Thedrive mechanism 540 may include asafety mechanism 616 that includes a pin, shaft, orrod 618 extending laterally into or through thehousing 510 that is arranged to encounter ashoulder 620 of thelock wheel 604 in order to block or prevent thetrigger 514 from rotating further toward and closer to thehandle 512. For example, thelock wheel 604 may include a scalloped portion to create theshoulder 620, or theshoulder 620 may be formed as a protrusion extending radially outwardly therefrom. Moving thetrigger 514 between its initial (e.g.,FIGS. 51A-51D ) and first actuation positions (e.g.,FIGS. 58A-58D ), causes rotation of thewheels pawl 606 and theinterlock 610, theratchet assembly 600 moves in unison with thetrigger 514 as it travels to back and forth between its initial position and the first actuation position. - Rotation of the
assemblies 600 causes corresponding rotation of thefollower gear 608. For example, thefollower gear 608, located between the pair of theassemblies 600 in the illustrated embodiment, may be in operable communication with theassemblies 600 via adowel 622 that extends between theassemblies 600. Namely, a portion ofdowel 622 may extend through and be translatable along acam slot 624 formed in thefollower gear 608. For clarity, the outline of thefollower gear 608, including theslot 624, is highlighted inFIGS. 51D , 58D, 59D, and 60D to show the relative location of thedowel 622 in theslot 624 as theapplicator 500 is operated through its various stages. By use of theslot 624 and thedowel 622, as thetrigger 514 is moved toward thehandle 612 and theratchet wheels 602 are correspondingly rotated due to the engagement of thepawl 606 with the teeth of the wheels 602 (e.g., rotated in the counterclockwise direction, with respect to the orientation shown inFIGS. 51A-51D and 58A-58D), thedowel 622 draws against theslot 624 and drives thefollower gear 608 to rotate about apin 626 connected to the housing 510 (e.g., also in the counterclockwise direction, as shown inFIGS. 51A-51D and 58A-58D). - The
follower gear 608 includes teeth that mesh with corresponding teeth of agear 628. Thegear 628 is fixed relative to the spools 548 to cause the spools 548 to rotate about a pin oraxle 630. As noted above, rotation of the spools 548 causes thecables driver 542 along the length of the jaws 504. The rotation oftrigger 514 thereby causes theassemblies 600 to rotate, which in turn causes rotation of thefollower gear 608, which drives the spools 548 to spool and unspool thecables driver 542 along the jaws 504. In one embodiment, the initial position of thetrigger 514 may accordingly be set to position thedriver 542 in its initial position at the proximal end of the jaws 504, with thetop body portion 570 located in therecess 582. Accordingly, moving thetrigger 514 to its first actuation position may cause the driver to be moved a limited distance distally and drive thetop body portion 570 against thesurface 583 a, such that the first actuation position of thetrigger 514 corresponds to the closed configuration of the jaws 504. Similarly, releasing actuation force on thetrigger 514 and permitting thetrigger 514 to return to its initial position (e.g., under the force of the biasing member 598), may cause thedriver 542 to be moved proximally back to the initial position, causing thetop portion 570 to encounter thesurface 583 b, thereby reopening the jaws 504. In short, moving thetrigger 514 between its initial position and its first actuation position may be used in the illustrated embodiment to open and close the jaws 504. - As noted above, the
safety mechanism 616 is provided to establish a first actuation position for thetrigger 514 and prevent thetrigger 514 from moving further toward thehandle 512 from the first actuation position. In this way, before thesafety mechanism 616 is released or unlocked, thesafety mechanism 616 enables the operator to easily and repeatedly close and open the jaws 504, e.g., for purposes of locating the desired surgical target location prior to implanting thesurgical implant 10 and cutting tissue or other surgical structures, as discussed above, without risk of prematurely fully actuating thedriver 542. That is, for example, thesafety mechanism 616 can prevent thedriver 542 from being distally moved to a location at which the ramp 586 engages thepushers 592 and/or at which the cutting implement 580 is moved distally beyond theshields 584 and/or 585, until implant installation and/or cutting operations are desired. - The
rod 618 extends through and protrudes out of both sides of thehousing 510 ofproximal assembly 506, thereby enabling therod 618 to be actuated from either side of theapplicator 500. Thesafety mechanism 616 can be switched off, disabled, unlocked, or released by pushing in therod 618 into thehousing 510 from either side of thehousing 510. Therod 618 may be biased toward its initial, locked, or safety position by one ormore biasing members 634, such as springs, such that the safety position is the default. Therod 618 includeslarger diameter portions 636 andsmaller diameter portions 638. Actuation of therod 618 out of the safety position causes thesmaller diameter portions 638 to become aligned with each of theshoulders 620 of thelock wheels 604. - The
lock wheel 604 may be fixed relative to ratchetwheels 602, which are fixed relative to each other. In the safety mode, thelarger diameter portions 636 are aligned with theshoulders 620, so that theshoulders 620 contact and abut against theportions 636 to limit rotation of thelock wheels 604 and therefore the entirety of theassemblies 600 as noted above. By moving therod 618 in order to turn the safety off, thesmaller diameter portions 638 are aligned with theshoulders 620, enabling the shoulders to rotate past therod 618, thereby enabling theassemblies 600 to be fully rotated. As noted above, in the safety mode, thetrigger 514 can advance the ratchet gears 602 only so far as the point whereshoulder 620 contacts thelarger diameter portion 636 of therod 618 of thesafety mechanism 616, which limits the amount of take-up and let-out of thecables driver 542. - When the
shoulders 620 are aligned with thesmaller diameter portions 638, thetrigger 514 is permitted to be pulled slightly closer to thehandle 512, into a second actuation position, which may also be referred to as the fully actuated position. Theapplicator 500 is illustrated with thetrigger 514 in the fully actuated position inFIGS. 59A-59D . As thetrigger 514 is pulled closer to thehandle 512, thewheels 602 are further rotated as theshoulders 620 pass thesmaller diameter portions 638. Additionally, the relatively larger diameter of theshoulder 620 becomes positioned between thelarger diameter portions 636 of thesafety rod 618, preventing thesprings 634 from being able to return therod 618 to the safety position, thereby locking therod 618 in position to allow firing (installation of the implant and cutting). - Once the jaws 504 have been positioned as desired, and the
safety mechanism 616 is released, the operator of theapplicator 500 can direct further operations of theend effector 502 using thetrigger 514. For example, once the jaws 504 have been positioned as desired and closed over the surgical target area, the operator can further operate thesurgical implant applicator 500 to install the surgical implant(s) 10 and/or cut tissue or other surgical structures. That is, for example, continued rotation of thetrigger 514 can be used to actuate themechanism 540 and spool and unspool thecables driver 542 to traverse along the length of the jaws 504 and provides the implant installation and cutting functions described above. - The
drive mechanism 540 may include one ormore pawls 640 rotatably mounted to thehousing 510 of theproximal assembly 506. Each of thepawls 640 is arranged, unlike thepawl 606, to engage only theratchet wheel 602 a (and thus, not thewheel 602 b) of thecorresponding assembly 600. Thepawls 640 are configured to prevent reverse rotation of theratchet wheels 602 after thewheels 602 are rotated by thetrigger 514. However, thewheel 602 a includes a cutout 642 (FIG. 51C ), where no gear teeth are present. As can be seen by comparingFIG. 51C (in which thetrigger 514 is in its initial position) andFIG. 58C (in which thetrigger 514 is in its intermediate actuation position), thepawl 640 remains aligned with thecutout 642 during movement of thetrigger 514 between its initial and intermediate actuation positions. That is, thepawls 640 slide along thecutouts 642 during both forward and reverse rotation of theratchet wheels 602 when thetrigger 514 is between its initial and intermediate positions, so that thetrigger 514 can be operated to repeatedly open and close the jaws 504 without thepawls 640 interfering. - After the
safety mechanism 616 has been released, e.g., by pushing therod 618 toward thehousing 510, further actuation of thetrigger 514 to its fully actuated position will cause thewheels 602 to rotate such that thepawl 640 exits thecutout 642 and can engage with the teeth of thewheel 602 a. That is, the teeth of thewheel 602 a and thepawl 640 are arranged to permit movement of the teeth relative to thepawl 640 in one direction (e.g., counter-clockwise due to actuation by the trigger 514), but such that thepawl 640 will lockingly engage the teeth of thewheel 602 in the opposite direction. The engagement of thepawls 640 between teeth of theratchet wheel 602 a thereby prevents reverse rotation of theratchet wheels 602. In this way, repeated release and pulling of thetrigger 514 to the fully actuated position incrementally rotates theassemblies 600 as thepawl 640 engages with new teeth of thewheel 602 a. It is noted that instead of pulling and releasing thetrigger 514 multiple times, actuating thetrigger 514 to its fully actuated position may in one embodiment activate a motor to drive the spools 548. - As noted above, the
mechanism 540 may include theinterlock 610. Theinterlock 610 may be configured such that when the operator pulls thetrigger 514 further toward thehandle 512 from the intermediate actuation position, a rampedportion 644 of theinterlock 610 is driven against aprotrusion 645 of a raisedportion 646 on thehousing 510 or some other component to which thewheels 602 are mounted (e.g., seeFIGS. 57B-57C discussed above,FIG. 57D , which illustrates one half of thehousing 510, andFIG. 57E , which is a cross-section taken laterally through thehousing 510, theprotrusion 645 of the raisedportion 646, theinterlock 610, theassembly 600, and part of the follower gear 608). As theinterlock 610 is rotated so that the rampedportion 644 encounters the raisedportion 646, the rampedportion 644 presses theinterlock 610 toward or into theassembly 600, thereby releasing theinterlock 610 by removing the interference or engagement of theprotrusion 612 of theinterlock 610 with thelip 614 oftrigger 514. For example, inFIG. 57E , it can be seen that theinterlock 610 includes a spring or biasingmember 647 in acavity 649, which enables the aforementioned release of theinterlock 610. In this way, releasing theinterlock 610 enables thetrigger 514 to rotate back toward its initial position, while theassemblies 600 are prevented from doing so due to thepawl 640. - At this stage, repeated pulling and releasing of the
trigger 514 relative to thehandle 514 drives theratchet wheels 602 in the counterclockwise direction with respect to the orientation ofFIGS. 59A-59D . Continued actuation of thewheels 602 causes thefollower gear 608 to rotate due to thedowel 622 driving against thecam slot 624 of thefollower gear 608. During a complete rotation of the wheels 602 (e.g., incremental/partial rotation caused by a plurality of repeated pulls and releases of the trigger 514), thefollower gear 608 is first driven in the counterclockwise direction so that it drives the spools 548 to take up thecable 544 and let out thecable 546. This drives thedriver 542 from its initial or proximal location (e.g., seeFIGS. 54A-54C ) to its distal position (e.g., seeFIGS. 55A-55C ). During distal travel of thedriver 542, as described above, thedriver 542 progressively actuates thepushers 592 and fires thesegments 28 and/or thetowers 30 of thesurgical implant 10 to cause thefasteners 32 to pierce through the tissue and/or other surgical structures located between the jaws 504, and secure the halves, e.g., thereceiver member 12 and thedeployment member 14, of the implant together. Simultaneously, as also described above, thecutter 580 progressively cuts through the tissue and/or other surgical structures. -
FIGS. 60A-60D show the orientation of themechanism 540 after thetrigger 514 has been pulled a sufficient number of times to fully actuate thedriver 542 distally and position thedriver 542 at the distal end of the jaws 504. When in the configuration ofFIGS. 60A-60D , thedowel 622 has just crossed a mid-point of theslot 624. When the rotation of theratchet wheels 602 reaches the orientation wheredowel 622 reaches approximately the mid-point of theslot 624, continued rotation of theratchet wheels 602 causes thedowel 622 to drive thefollower gear 608 in an opposite direction, e.g., clockwise with respect to the orientation ofFIGS. 60A-60D . By driving thefollower gear 608 in the opposite direction, the direction of rotation of the spools 548 is reversed so that thecable 544 is taken up by or spooled onto thespool 548 a and thecable 546 is let out or unspooled from thespool 548 b. This drives thedistal driver 542 back to its initial position and causes the jaws 504 to reopen, e.g., by thetop body portion 570 pressing against the slopedsurface 583 b of therecess 582. - In one embodiment, it takes six pulls of the
trigger 514 to drive thedriver 542 from the initial position ofFIGS. 51A-51D and 54A-54C to the distal position ofFIGS. 55A-55C and 60A-60D. In one embodiment, it takes two more pulls of thetrigger 514 to drive thedriver 542 back to the initial position from the distal position. A different number of trigger pulls for advancing and/or retracting the driver are also contemplated. Also contemplated is a single pull of the trigger to advance the driver its full distal distance. As theshoulders 620 of thelock wheels 604 come out of alignment with therod 618, the interference between theshoulders 620 and therod portions 636 is removed, and thesprings 598 are able to return therod 618 back to the safety position, thereby resetting thesafety mechanism 616 and preventing thetrigger 514 from being moved beyond the intermediate actuation position until thesafety mechanism 616 is again released. Likewise, whendriver 542 is returned to its initial proximal position, thewheels 602 are orientated such that thehousing pawls 640 are aligned again with thecutouts 642. Also, the angular position of theassembly 600, in the fully returned position, causes theinterlock 610 to be out of alignment with the raisedportion 646 and therefore no longer held in a depressed position. Thus, theinterlock 610 is able to spring or move back out to cause engagement of theprotrusion 612 with thelip 614 of thetrigger 514. In this configuration, thesurgical implant applicator 500 is fully reset and ready to be loaded with anothersurgical implant 10. The applicator can be designed for single use where it is utilized for a single firing of the implant into the tissue or other structure. Alternatively, it can be designed for multiple firings in a single patient with fresh implants inserted into the jaws. - In one embodiment, the halves of the implant (e.g., the receiving
member 12 and thedeployment member 14 of the implant 10) are directly loaded into the jaws of an applicator (e.g., the jaws 504 of the applicator 500). In one embodiment, one or more of the halves are pre-loaded into a loading assembly or loader, which is then loaded into the jaws. For example,FIGS. 61A-61C illustrate thedeployment member 14 of thesurgical implant 10 preloaded into a loader orloading assembly 650 before theloading assembly 650 is loaded into thejaw 504 b. In the embodiment ofFIGS. 61A-61C , theloading assembly 650 comprises acarrier 652 and thedeployment member 14 ofsurgical implant 10.Carrier 652 may be made of polycarbonate, acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) plastic, or other sufficiently strong polymer, for example. Thepushers 592 may optionally be included in theloading assembly 650, or alternatively carried by thejaw 504 b. It is noted that other implant halves besides thedeployment member 14 may be loaded into loading assemblies according to other embodiments of the present invention. Additionally, if practical the entire implant, e.g., a hingedimplant 1010 inFIG. 77 having themembers hinge 1012, but which otherwise resembles theimplant 10 discussed above, may be so loaded. - The
loading assembly 650 may be loaded into thejaw 504 b by insertingproximal end portions 654 of thecarrier 652 beneath a corresponding set of holdingfeatures 656, such as hinges, hooks, shoulders, ledges, projections, or the like, provided in theframe 552 of thejaw 504 b (e.g., seeFIGS. 54B and 61A ). Near its distal end, thecarrier 652 includes a pair ofslots 658 and arecess 660, which are complementarily arranged to receive ashaft 662 of thepulley 556 and thepulley 556, respectively. After engaging theproximal end portions 654 with the holding features 656, the distal end of thecarrier 652 is attached tojaw 504 b with a snap fit ofshaft 662 into theslots 658 by pressing the distal end portion of theloading assembly 700 against thejaw 504 b. During installation of theloading assembly 650, thecarrier 652 may initially be positioned with theend portions 654 located beneath the holding features 656 and with thecarrier 652 at an angle relative to thejaw 504 b (e.g., preferably an angle of about 15° to 30°, but the angle could be smaller than 15° or larger than 30°), such that the engagement of theend portions 654 and the holding features 656 acts like a hinge to rotate thecarrier 652 about the holding features 656 when pressing down on the proximal end of thecarrier 652 in order to secure thecarrier 652 to thejaw 504 b. - Ribs or webbing of the implant held by the jaws 504 of the
applicator 500, e.g., theribs 23 and/or 29 of theimplant 10, (seeFIGS. 1 and 2 ) may facilitate alignment of the implant with the jaws 504, and form a friction fit between the surgical implant and the jaws 504, etc., to help retain the implant in the jaws against the force of gravity. For example, upon installation of thereceiver member 12 of thesurgical implant 10 into theupper jaw 504 a, ribs may be aligned and/or form a compression or friction fit withcorresponding grooves 664 formed inupper jaw 504 a. Likewise, theribs 29 may be aligned and/or form a compression or friction fit withcorresponding grooves 665 in thelower jaw 504 b. Thejaw 504 a may additionally or alternatively include openings suitably arranged to align with and/or frictionally engage theshields 22 of thereceiver member 12 of theimplant 10. For example, thejaw 504 a in the illustrated embodiment includes a plurality ofopenings 666 sized and spaced to align with and receive theshields 22 upon installation of thereceiver member 12 with thejaw 504 a. A compression fit formed between themembers 12 and/or 14 and the jaws 504 may be sufficiently strong to retain the halves of thesurgical implant 10 in the jaws 504 during the installation process, or other manners of releasable connection are possible, including adhesives, mechanical fasteners, components, e.g., flanges or rails, of the jaws 504 that initially support the halves of the implant and then are moved into a non-supporting position (e.g., due to the passage of thedriver 542 moving the structures), etc. - The
surgical implant applicator 500 is configured for the ability to install a sequence of two or moresurgical implants 10 in a head-to-tail arrangement (e.g., a proximal end of a second one of thesurgical implants 10 adjacent to a distal end of a first of the surgical implants 10), if needed or desired. For example, in a situation where a target surgical site to be sealed and cut is longer than the length of the implant, two or more of the implants can be installed in a head-to-tail arrangement in order to extend the length of the seal and cut resulting therefrom.FIGS. 62A-62D show portions of the jaws 504 andFIGS. 63A-63E illustrate one example of a procedure wherein a firstsurgical implant 10′ and a secondsurgical implant 10″ have been installed in atarget structure 700. Theimplants 10′ and 10″ may exactly resemble the implant 10 (or any of the aforedescribed alternate embodiments of the implant) discussed above, and are given prime and double prime symbols for the sake of clarity in discussion. - According to the method outlined in
FIGS. 63A-63E , and with reference also toFIGS. 62A-62D , a targetsurgical site 702 is first determined for establishing a seal or connection with theimplants 10′ and 10″ and establishing a location for a cut as indicated by a dashedline 704. Since the length of thetarget site 702 is longer than that of theimplants 10′ and 10″, the site is broken down intomultiple sub-sites implants 10′ and 10″.FIGS. 63B and 63C illustrate thestructure 700 after thefirst implant 10′ has been installed at the target sub-site 705 a and thetissue structure 700 has been cut between the rows of theimplant 10′, enabling the cut and sealed portions of thestructure 700 to separate from each other as shown inFIGS. 63C and 63D . - Next, as illustrated in
FIG. 63D , thefirst implant 10′, after cutting, may be spread wide by the jaws 504 to part the cut portions of thestructure 700 away from each other. For example, as can be appreciated in view ofFIGS. 62A-62D , theshields 585 are sharply or acutely angled with respect to theaxis 520 of the jaws 504. As can be seen inFIG. 62B , a gap 668 may be formed between theshields 585 and the next implant to be installed (e.g., theimplant 10″). As shown inFIG. 62A , the distal end of the already installedimplant 10′ may be positioned in the gap 668 and the jaws 504 closed over the distal end of theimplant 10′ after thesecond implant 10″ is installed in the jaws 504. The angle ofshields 585 causes the already installedimplant 10′ to spread from a first angle to a second angle larger than the first, and the portions of the cut tissue or other structure to widen, as illustrated inFIG. 63D . After positioning theimplant 10′ in the gap 668 and closing the jaws 504 and firing thedriver 542 with theimplant 10″ located at thetarget sub-site 705 b, thestructure 700 is again sealed and cut to separate thestructure 700 intodiscrete halves FIG. 63E . Cutting of the connected vertex ofimplant 10′ may occur during the cutting ofimplant 10″ (as suggested byFIGS. 63A-63E ), but may alternatively occur during the cutting ofimplant 10′, or as an entirely separate step occurring prior to, after, or intermediate the cutting ofimplant 10′ andimplant 10″. - In view of the above, it is to be appreciated that the present disclosure is directed to novel systems and methods for sealing and/or connecting tissue and non-tissue structures using the
surgical implant 10 and other implants described herein, theapplicator 500 and other applicators described herein, and thesystem 1000 and other systems described herein. In one exemplary method, theimplant 10 is installed with thesurgical implant applicator 500. The method involves securing together one or more tissue portions via a surgical implant (e.g., the surgical implant 10) such that thickness variations in the tissue as well as wide tissue thickness ranges can be accommodated. Each half of the implant is brought into opposition through an applied clamping pressure generated by resilient and/or compressible members (e.g., the towers 30), which results in a relatively constant and/or more uniform pressure distribution across the tissue contacting surfaces of the implant, regardless of variations in tissue thickness, than would be experienced by other types of fastening mechanisms, such as staples. The system can be used to form a hemostatic seal of various types of tissue and tissues of varying thicknesses. That is, the application of the implant forms a hemostatic seal without inducing an unacceptable degree of necrosis of the clamped or adjoining tissue. By way of example, the system may be used to seal pulmonary parenchyma, or also used to seal the pulmonary artery. In an exemplary embodiment, the method involves loading the implant into an applicator (e.g., the applicator 500); positioning the applicator at the surgical site to join or seal one or more tissue portions or structures; actuating the applicator to deploy fasteners (e.g., the fasteners 32) and install the implant to form a hemostatic seal with or without the severing of adjoining tissue; an optional step of resizing the length of the implant as needed; and another optional step of resetting the applicator to deploy one or more additional implants. Instead of loading the implant, the implant may already be loaded (i.e., pre-loaded) prior to positioning the applicator at the at the surgical site, such as in situation in which the implant is loaded at the point of manufacture. - In one example of use, an implant (e.g., the implant 10) is fitted within and secured to an end effector (e.g., the end effector 502) of an implant applier assembly (e.g., the applicator 500) such that a deployment member (e.g., deployment member 14) and a receiving member (e.g., the receiving member 12) are attached to one or both of a set of jaws (e.g., the jaws 504) and positioned for deployment. In one embodiment, each of the deployment member and the receiving member of the implant is positioned within a removable carrier (e.g., the carrier 652) of a loading assembly (e.g., the loading assembly 650) that is received within a corresponding cavity or receptacle of the jaws. In another embodiment, the receiving members and the deployment member may be directly attached to the jaws at the point of use or manufacture. Once arranged for deployment with respect to the end effector, the loaded applicator may be positioned at a surgical site. In an exemplary embodiment, the applicator (e.g., the applicator 500) is inserted into the body with the jaws in the closed position using a minimally invasive procedure involving insertion of its end effector through a trocar or cannula having a diameter of about 5 to about 22 mm, more preferably, about 6 to about 16 mm, and even more preferably about 12 mm. The user may activate the articulation actuator and/or the rotation actuator to orient the end effector (e.g., via the positioning assembly 518) at the desired surgical site, preferably with the jaws in the closed position. The jaws are moved to the open position and the receiving and deployment members are positioned on opposite sides of the tissue defining a defect or other overlapping separate tissue portions such that when deployed, the tips (e.g., the tips 40) of a fastener (e.g., the fastener 32) is inserted through the tissue portions and a portion of the receiving member. In other embodiments, it is contemplated that the tips of the fastener arrive at opposite sides of the tissue without piercing through the tissue, e.g., located adjacent to the tissue or through openings in the tissue.
- A user can then actuate a trigger (e.g., the trigger 514) to close the jaws. Note that in the illustrated embodiment, one of the jaws moves relative to the stationary jaw. It is also contemplated that both jaws could move relative to each other between open and closed positions. When closed, a user may then orient and move a safety mechanism (e.g., the
safety mechanism 616 having the rod 618) in an unlocked position to enable a driver or actuator (e.g., the driver 542) to slide or move along the length of the end effector. As the driver slides along and over a dorsally facing surface of the jaws, the portion of jaws over which the driver slides may be further compressed together relative to the natural position of jaws in its closed state. As the driver moves over portions of the jaws loaded with the deployment member, the driver may engage and move one or more pushers (e.g., the pushers 592) towards the opposite jaw. The pushers in turn deploy the fastener away from the deployment member, through the one or more tissue portions and into the one or more receiver members opposite thereto. In this manner, the fasteners are fired and deployed along the length of the implant as the driver moves from a first (e.g., proximal) end to a second (e.g., distal) end of the end effector. - The tissue secured between the deployment member and the receiving member is clamped together at a constant, uniform, normalized, or distributed pressure along the length of the implant sufficient to form a hemostatic seal that does not induce necrosis by virtue of the compliant resilient, biasing, and/or compressible members (e.g., the towers 30). As the properties of the tissue changes over time and/or changes due to different environmental conditions, such as movement of the tissue and/or a build-up of pressure within the tissue, each resilient, biasing, and/or compressible member (e.g., each of the towers 30) may independently function to adjust for and otherwise accommodate the localized pressure disturbance occurring within each fastener subassembly of the implant (e.g., the subassemblies 34). This allows for the implant to maintain a more normalized and/or substantially constant pressure for forming a hemostatic seal than otherwise would be available with other surgical fastener or stapling systems.
- In one embodiment, the driver (e.g., the driver 542) includes a blade (e.g., the cutting implement 580) located in a channel formed in and through the end effector. The blade, which is preferably towards the side of the driver that moves towards the clamped tissue, may be secured to a body portion of the driver that causes and/or facilitates maintaining the jaws of fixed predetermined distance apart, and further may function to sever tissue and/or any intervening portions of the implant encountered by the blade when moved along a channel along the length of the jaws.
- Upon reaching a second and/or distal end of the end effector, continued actuation of the trigger induces the driver to return to the first and/or proximal end of the end effector. The subsequent return of the driver may function as a safety means for ensuring that all of the pushers and the fasteners are deployed along the entire length of the implant. Once the driver is docked at the proximal end of the end effector, the implant may be released from the jaws.
- A user may then cut between the fastener subassemblies (e.g., through the
ribs 23 and/or 29 of the implant 10) to remove any excess implant material or otherwise alter the size of the implant. In other words, the implant can be used on tissue lengths shorter than the implant itself. Additional implants may also be used to seal tissue sections longer than a single implant by directly adjoining the prior implant or may otherwise be connected directly to the prior implant. A series of the implants may be arranged to form a hemostatic seal as a stand-alone procedure or alternatively in conjunction with a tissue resection procedure. The aforementioned situations can allow a single or “standard” length of implant to be used on a variety of different lengths or as different length rows. - Referring now to
FIGS. 64-66 and 69, animplant 200 according to an alternate embodiment of the present invention is shown. Theimplant 200 includes adeployment member 202 and areceiver member 204. Thedeployment member 202 andreceiver member 204 are of substantially the same length and are configured and dimensioned to be connected in substantial alignment to one another, on opposite sides of surgical structure to be closed, tacked, secured, or sealed by compressing the surgical structure therebetween. Themembers implant 200 on different thicknesses of surgical structures can be accomplished within thesame implant 200, as will be described in greater detail and generally akin to theimplant 10 discussed above. In the example shown, theimplant 200 is being applied to avessel 205, e.g., a large pulmonary vessel of a patient, so as to transversely and completely seal off thevessel 205. - The base of
deployment member 202, similar to thebase 24 of thedeployment member 14, may in some embodiments be made of a soft, flexible material, preferably silicone rubber, but could, alternatively or additionally be composed of one or more of other soft, biocompatible material suitable for implantation, such as, but not limited to polyurethane, thermoplastic elastomer (TPE), natural rubber, latex, bio-absorbable polymers, etc.Deployment member 202 further includes clips, fasteners, or anchors 206, including those of the type described above, that are actuatable to be driven out ofdeployment member 202, through thetissue 205 and into a receiver oranchor base 208 inreceiver member 204. Theanchor base 208 comprises aretainer 210, generally resembling the retainer 44 (or its variants) discussed above. For example, theretainer 210 in the illustrated embodiment may comprises a layer of mesh or woven material embedded or molded in theanchor base 208 of thereceiver member 204, or is otherwise fixed to the main body of thereceiver member 204. Similar to theretainer 44, theretainer 210 may optionally be made of polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyetheretherketone (PEEK), nylon, or other polymers, cotton, or other fibrous materials, etc. - The
anchor 206 may include fasteners in the form of one or more legs, shanks, or pins 212 arranged to be actuated through a surgical material positioned between thedeployment member 202 and thereceiver member 204. Thepins 212 may be made of stainless steel, titanium or other biocompatible metals, metal alloys, and/or rigid, biocompatible polymers. Thepins 212 may extend from abase body 213. Eachpin 212 is provided with a series ofbarbs 214 that extend along a length of thepin 212. Further optionally, thepins 212 and/or thebarbs 214 may be overmolded by the material of thedeployment member 202, e.g., silicone or other soft polymer. As eachpin 212 is driven toward thetissue 205 or other surgical structure and into theanchor base 208, eachpin 212 passes through one of the mesh openings 216 (seeFIG. 65 ) and is driven along a distance determined by a predetermined driving force and the thickness of thetissue 205 that exists between thedeployment member 202 andreceiver member 204 at the location of thatanchor 206.Implant 200 can be applied using the applicators described herein. -
FIGS. 67-68 show alternate embodiments in which ananchor 218 and ananchor 219 comprise a pair of substantiallyparallel pins barbs 222 that extend respectively from abase 223 and a base 224 against which a driving or actuation force may applied to drive theanchor members 218 and/or 219. In this case, the twopins 220 and/or 221, when deployed pass through two of theopenings 216 in theanchor base 208. Thebarbs 222 alternate from side-to-side of thepins barb 222 is transversely aligned (along or parallel to atransverse axis 225 of thepins 220 and/or 221) with anotherbarb 222 on the same pin. Note that inFIG. 67 , thetransverse axis 225 is aligned with aplane 226, but inFIG. 68 , thetransverse axis 225 is normal to theplane 226. As a result, allbarbs 222 substantially in or parallel to theplane 226 inFIG. 67 , but inFIG. 68 , thebarbs 222 lie in planes normal to theplane 226. The use of twopins 220 and/or 221 may be beneficial in these embodiments, e.g., for ease of manufacturing and to balance the piercing pressure so that thepins 220 and/or 221 pierce through the surgical structure along generally straight paths. In the examples shown inFIGS. 67-68 , theanchor pins 220 and/or 221 are bent at an angle perpendicular to thebases 223 and/or 224 of theanchors barbs 222 of one of thepins 220 and/or 221 are in a plane that is parallel to a plane in which thebarbs 222 of the other pin lie. Theanchors FIGS. 64-66 , and can be applied in a similar manner. - Alternative forms of barbs discussed herein are also contemplated. For example, the
barbs pins distal tips 230 bend over after deployment to further secure the corresponding anchor from releasing from the retainer, e.g., theretainer 44 and/or 210. It is to be appreciated that any discussion of any component from one embodiment herein generally applies to like-components from other embodiments, whether or not the same name is used to refer to both (and in fact, with reference to some embodiments, different names are purposely used for like-components from different embodiments for the sake of clarity in discussing those particular components). For example, it is to be understood that similarly to thelegs 36 of thefasteners 32, theanchors pins pins legs 36 may be arranged to be bent over after deployment to further secure a surgical structure in place. - Referring back to
FIGS. 64-66 , as thepins 212 are driven to pierce thetissue 205, the distal tips pass through thetissue 205 and theopenings 216 ofanchor base 208 and/or the openings of the retainer, to a depth that is dependent on the tissue thickness through which each anchor 206 passes. If thebarbs 214 are alternatingly positioned along the length of the pin as described above with respect to thebarbs 222, theopening 216 is not stretched as thebarbs 214 pass therethrough, but is rather shifted back and forth by the alternating barbs. After the application of the driving force and theanchors 206 having been driven to full deployment, the driving force is removed and thelast barb 214 having passed through theopening 216 for eachpin 212 catches against theanchor base 208 material surrounding theopening 216, thereby maintaining the closure pressure initially applied by an apparatus for closing themembers vessel 205. The apparatus can then be removed. - Preferably the main body of the
deployment member 202 includes a resilient and/or compressible member, suspension, spring, biasing member to provide a biasing force similar to thetowers 30 discussed above. In the embodiment of FIG. 65, a cavity or hollow 232 is provided, which enables the portions of themember 202 opposite the cavity to flex and bend, thereby acting as a spring to assist in maintaining the closing/sealing pressure on thetissue 205 held between themembers tissue 205 therebetween. Thus, the hollow 232 helps provide a similar variable function as thetowers 30 of theimplant 10 discussed above. Further preferably the main body of thedeployment member 202 is perforated, being provided with throughholes 233 that extend through the body from aface 234 contacting thetissue 205, to allow fluid communication to thetissue 205 between themembers members FIG. 64 , to support end-to-end or head-to-tail placement with anotherimplant 200 in circumstances where multiple implants need to be installed (similar to the head-to-tail arranged discussed above with respect to the implant 10). Of course the mating shapes are not limited to concave and convex, as virtually any other mating shapes could be employed, as well as non-mating shapes. -
FIG. 65 is an enlarged view of a leading end portion of theimplant 200 without showing the tissue for better visualization of the relationship between theanchors 206 andanchor base 208 upon deployment. As can be seen, theanchor base 208 can be provided as a continuous sheet that runs substantially along the full length and width of thereceiver member 204, at least to an extent that extends beyond the length and width of the area occupied by theanchors 206 on the opposingdeployment member 202. Because of this,multiple openings 216 are available for each distal tip of each pin 212 (or pins 220, 221) of eachanchor 206 to potentially pass through. Because of this, less exact alignment is required between theanchors 206 and where they are to be anchored, so that the engineering constraints upon aligning the jaws of the apparatus for deploying the device and aligning the deployment and receiving members are significantly lessened. This leads to a potentially smaller and/or less expensive deployment apparatus. Theanchor 206 does not need to be aligned with anyparticular opening 216, as it can pass through anyopening 216 in the vicinity of where it is driven and then anchored to the base 208 upon release of driving force in a manner as described above. It is again to be appreciated that theimplant 10 offered similar advantages and acceptable performance under even loose tolerances. Theanchor base 208 can be molded into thereceiver member 204. Alternatively, theanchor base 208 can be mounted to aface 240 of thereceiver member 204 that faces thedeployment member 202 and contacts the surgical structure. Similar to thedeployment member 14 and theretainer 44 of theimplant 10 discussed above, thedeployment member 202 of theimplant 200 may include a retainer, e.g. theretainer 210, disposed or embedded therein. - The
deployment member 202 may include grooves 217 (preferably formed by molding, but could be machined or otherwise cut in) to hold thebase bodies 213 and thus theanchor 206, prior to deployment. The material portion of thedeployment member 202 between thebases 213 and the surgical structure is compliant so that it maintains theanchors 206 in tension against theretainer 210 after deployment and engagement with theretainer 210. Theface 236 of thedeployment member 202 to be applied to the surgical structure may be provided withridges 244 extending along the sides, which are raised, relative to the remainder of theface 236 to concentrate sealing action away from theanchors 206 so as to minimize risks of leakage through the holes in the surgical structure formed by piercing through the surgical structure with theanchors 206. Likewise, theface 240 of thereceiver member 204 that faces thedeployment member 202 may be provided with longitudinally extending ridges similar to theridges 244 along the side lengths thereof that extend lower than the remainder of theface 240 so as to minimize the risk of leakage due to the holes pierced through the surgical structure by thepins 212 on thereceiver member 204 side of the surgical structure.Slots 248 may be provided in thereceiver member 204 that may extend from theface 240 of thereceiver member 204, and into shields orprotrusions 250 extending dorsally from the of thereceiver member 204.Protrusions 250 are provided to ensure that thepins 212 of theanchors 206 do not extend out of thereceiver member 204 after deployment.Protrusions 250 are provided with a height sufficient to ensure that thepins 212 cannot extend out of thereceiver member 204 after deployment, even if there is no surgical structure provided between thedeployment member 202 and thereceiver member 204. The protrusions can be solid, or alternatively can form a cavity like a shell. -
FIG. 69 is an illustration of a working end portion (distal end portion) of a tool, device, orinstrument 300 used to deploy theimplants 200 described above with regard toFIGS. 64-68 . In the embodiment shown, theinstrument 300 andimplants 200 may be configured and dimensioned to seal off a vessel, e.g., thevessel 205, or otherwise be used to secure, close, clamp, tack, etc., various tissue and non-tissue surgical structures. In one embodiment, thevessel 205 has an outside diameter of about 25 mm, and a compressed thickness (between themembers 202 and 204) of about 0 to 3 mm, although vessels of other sizes may be sealed by use of theinstrument 300 and theimplant 200. Similar to theimplant 10, suitable surgical structures include vessels, parenchyma, gastrointestinal structures, meshes, grafts, etc. - In the illustrated embodiment, the
instrument 300 includes a set ofjaws members members instrument 300 andimplant 200 may be configured and dimensioned to provide a sealing length that is less than or greater than 57 mm. As shown, twoimplants 200 are releasably mounted in the jaws 302 for delivery and deployment thereof. It is to be appreciated that in some embodiments two of theimplants 200 may be secured by a bridge, e.g., resembling thebridge 37 ofFIG. 1 , to form a double-rowed implant resembling two of theimplants 200. In other embodiments, a single implant row, or more than two implant rows can be secured to the jaws. In the illustrated embodiment, thereceiver members 204 are releasably mounted, e.g., via friction, in thejaw 302 a and thedeployment members 202 are releasably mounted, e.g., via friction, in thejaw 302 b in opposition to the receivingmembers 204. - The proximal end portion of the instrument is not shown, but the
instrument 300 includes ashaft 306 extending from the jaws 302 that is connectable to any suitable handle. In one embodiment, theshaft 306 has a diameter in the range of about 5 mm to about 10 mm, preferably about 7 mm. The jaws 302 may be articulated in the manner described above. Other articulation mechanisms are also contemplated. The jaws are actuatable to close down on the tissue/vessel 205 as shown inFIG. 70 , either by pivoting movement of one or both of the jaws. The jaws 302 can be closed by operation of an actuation member, such as a trigger (not illustrated) similar to the trigger of the embodiment ofFIG. 50 described above, so as to close the jaws together, as illustrated inFIG. 70 , a preset distance and/or with a predetermined amount of closing force in the manner described above. The jaws 302 can be re-opened and repositioned, if desired, prior to deployment of one or more of theimplants 200. - Once in the desired position, as shown in
FIG. 70 , implants may be deployed by advancing an actuator ordriver 308 from a proximal end of thejaw 302 b to a distal end of thejaw 302 b. In this embodiment, thedriver 308 may comprise a rampedforce applicator 310 having a rampedsurface 312 that is actuated to push or force thebases 213 of theanchors 206 toward the surgical structure as theapplicator 310 passes by theanchors 206 during its traversal from the proximal end to the distal end of thejaw 302 b. The rampedsurface 312 of thedriver 308 in one embodiment may not be rigid, but instead resiliently provide a predetermined spring force so as to apply a predetermined amount of driving or actuating force to thebases 213 to actuate theanchors 206 toward the surgical structure. In one embodiment, thedriver 308 applies a pressure of about 3-30 g/mm̂2, and preferably about 9 g/mm̂2 to theanchors 206. The ramped surfaces 312 of thedriver 308 are provided on both sides of thejaw 302 b so as to align with both of theimplants 200 held by the jaws 302. In one embodiment, in between the rampedsurfaces 312, thedriver 308 includes acutting element 316, such as a sharp blade or knife configured for cutting tissue, vessels, and other surgical structures. Thus, as theactuating driver 308 is distally advanced, the surgical structure between the twoimplants 200 held by the jaws 302 can be cut by the cuttingelement 316 simultaneously with the actuation of theanchors 206 through the surgical structure and into theanchor base 208 for engagement with theretainer 210. Theactuating driver 308 can be driven by various types ofdifferent force transferors 318, for example, a rigid or semi-rigid rod, cable, wire, ribbon, or the like, or in the manner ofdriver 542 described in detail above. Theforce transferors 318 can be driven in compression or tension. -
FIG. 71 is an enlarged, partial view of theinstrument 300, showing a proximal portion of the jaws 302 and articulation joint 320 connecting the jaws 302 to theshaft 306 that extends proximally from the jaws 302, e.g., toward a handle used by a user to manipulate theinstrument 300. The articulation joint 320 in the illustrated embodiment has one degree of freedom, although it is to be appreciated that further degrees of freedom may be used, theshaft 306 may be rotatable, etc. The articulation mechanisms of the previously described applicator could also be utilized. -
FIG. 72 illustrates thedriver 308 in its distal position. At this stage, thedriver 308 has completely severed the surgical structure between theimplants 200 and all of theanchors 206 have been driven by the predetermined force to squeeze the surgical structure and secure the surgical structure between thedeployment members 202 and thereceiver members 204. Different thickness of the surgical structure along the sealing path result in different driving distances of theanchors 206, as all anchor members are driven up to the same predetermined driving force. For example, a relatively smaller thickness of the surgical structure requires ananchor 206 to be driven by a greater distance into the anchor base than does a relatively larger thickness of the surgical structure. - After completing the actuating and severing processes discussed with respect to
FIG. 72 , the jaws 302 can be opened, at which time theimplants 200 detach from the jaws 302 as the jaws 302 move away from theimplant 200, and theinstrument 300 can be removed from the surgical site.FIG. 73 shows the deployed, implanted, or installedimplants 200 that remain in thevessel 205, and acut 322 between the implants where thevessel 205 is severed, thereby transecting thevessel 205. As discussed above with respect to theimplant 10, transecting thevessel 205 may be used, for example, in a vessel harvesting operation, and that other tissue and non-tissue structures can be similarly cut by use of theimplants 200. -
FIG. 74 shows one half of the transected or cutvessel 205 and the corresponding one of theimplants 200 in perspective. At the location of thecut 322, it can be seen that thevessel 205 has been sealed by the deployment of theimplant 200. Also, it is understood that thedeployment member 202 andreceiver member 204 will abut against one another at locations where there is no tissue, as represented by a set oflines 326 peripheral to thevessel 205 clamped by theimplant 200. In situations where excessive lengths of theimplant 200 extend beyond the surgical structure, one or both end portions of the closure device can be cut off (cropped) as shown inFIG. 74 . For example,FIG. 75 illustrates a vessel 255 having an outside diameter smaller than that of thevessel 205 having been transected and sealed using theimplant 200 as described above. Since fewer of theanchors 206 are needed for the smaller size of the vessel 255, both ends of theimplant 200 that extend beyond the width of the vessel 255 are illustrated as having been cut or cropped inFIG. 75 . - The
instrument 300 may be low profile and can be configured and dimensioned so as to be delivered through a port for minimally invasive procedures.FIG. 76 is a distal end view ofinstrument 300 with the jaws 302 in a closed configuration, illustrating the compactness of the design. Acircle 328 represents a port for inserting the jaws 302 of the instrument 302 through. In one embodiment, the port represented by thecircle 328 has a 12 mm diameter. Theinstrument 300 can include the articulation, rotation and implant firing mechanism described above with regards toFIGS. 50-60D , as well as the aforementioned alternatives. - While the invention has been described with reference to an exemplary embodiment or embodiments, it will be understood by those skilled in the art that various changes may be made and equivalents may be substituted for elements thereof without departing from the scope of the invention. In addition, many modifications may be made to adapt a particular situation or material to the teachings of the invention without departing from the essential scope thereof. Therefore, it is intended that the invention not be limited to the particular embodiment disclosed as the best mode contemplated for carrying out this invention, but that the invention will include all embodiments falling within the scope of the claims. Also, in the drawings and the description, there have been disclosed exemplary embodiments of the invention and, although specific terms may have been employed, they are unless otherwise stated used in a generic and descriptive sense only and not for purposes of limitation, the scope of the invention therefore not being so limited. Moreover, the use of the terms first, second, etc. do not denote any order or importance, but rather the terms first, second, etc. are used to distinguish one element from another. Furthermore, the use of the terms a, an, etc. do not denote a limitation of quantity, but rather denote the presence of at least one of the referenced item.
Claims (21)
1. A surgical implant comprising:
a fastener supporting member having a first surface;
at least one fastener supported by the fastener supporting member;
a receiver member having a second surface facing the first surface of the fastener supporting member; and
a retainer positioned within the receiver member;
wherein the at least one fastener is deployable from the fastener supporting member toward the receiver member to engage the retainer within the receiver member, wherein engagement of the retainer by the at least one fastener couples the fastener supporting member and the receiver member together.
2. The surgical implant according to claim 1 , wherein a length of the fastener supporting member exceeds a width of the fastener receiving member, and the at least one fastener includes a plurality of fasteners arranged along a row substantially parallel to a longitudinal axis of the fastener supporting member.
3. The surgical implant according to claim 2 , wherein the receiver member includes a plurality of shields arranged along a row substantially parallel to a longitudinal axis of the receiver member, each of the plurality of shields positioned opposite one of the plurality of fasteners.
4. The surgical implant according to claim 1 , wherein the at least one fastener is deployable through the fastener supporting member.
5. The surgical implant according to claim 4 , wherein the retainer is embedded in the receiver member and includes a plurality of strands and a plurality of openings, wherein the at least one fastener includes a plurality of fasteners, each of the plurality of fasteners receivable within one of the openings, and wherein the plurality of openings are at least partially formed by spacing between the plurality of strands.
6. The surgical implant according to claim 1 , wherein the retainer restricts movement of the least one fastener in a direction opposite to a direction of deployment of the at least one fastener after the at least one fastener engages the retainer.
7. The surgical implant according to claim 1 , wherein the fastener supporting member includes a retainer embedded therein.
8. The surgical implant according to claim 7 , wherein the retainer within the fastener supporting member includes a plurality of openings, wherein the at least one fastener is receivable within one of the openings.
9. The surgical implant according to claim 8 , wherein the plurality of openings are formed by spacing between a plurality of strands.
10. The surgical implant according to claim 1 , wherein receiver member is formed of a first material and the retainer is formed of a more rigid material than the first material of the receiver member.
11. The surgical implant according to claim 10 , wherein the receiver member is at least partially composed of silicone rubber.
12. The surgical implant according to claim 1 , wherein the at least one fastener is deployed in a first direction toward the receiver member and is biased in a second direction opposite the first direction.
13. A surgical implant comprising
a fastener carrying member supporting a plurality of fasteners having penetrating tips, the fastener carrying member having a first tissue contacting surface; and
a receiver member having a second tissue contacting surface, the first and second tissue contacting surfaces positionable opposite each other so that tissue to receive the plurality of fasteners is positionable between the first and second tissue contacting surfaces;
wherein deployment of the fasteners moves the penetrating tips of the fasteners through the fastener carrying member and through the tissue between the first and second tissue contacting surfaces and into the receiver member to couple the receiver member and fastener carrying member.
14. The surgical implant according to claim 13 , further comprising a retainer positioned within the receiver member.
15. The surgical implant according to claim 14 , wherein the retainer is composed of a material having a rigidity greater than a rigidity of the receiver member.
16. The surgical implant according to claim 14 , wherein the retainer has a plurality of openings, and the fasteners are deployable so the penetrating tips of the fasteners extend through the openings.
17. The surgical implant according to claim 15 , further comprising a retainer positioned in the fastener carrying member, and the penetrating tips of the fasteners extend through the retainer positioned in the fastener carrying member.
18. The surgical implant according to claim 13 , wherein the fastener carrying member includes a plurality of compressible members, the compressible members compressed by the fasteners.
19. A surgical implant comprising a plurality of fasteners arranged along a longitudinally extending row substantially parallel to a longitudinal axis of the implant, a receiver member, a retainer having openings to retain tips of the plurality of fasteners, the plurality of fasteners engageable with the receiver, the retainer embedded in the receiver member and out of contact with tissue or other surgical structure fastened by the implant.
20. The surgical implant according to claim 19 , wherein the retainer is composed of a material having a greater stiffness than the receiver member.
21. The surgical implant according to claim 20 , further comprising a plurality of compressible members positioned in the body and compressed by the plurality of fasteners.
Priority Applications (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US14/639,113 US20150250474A1 (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2015-03-04 | Surgical implant and method and instrument for installing the same |
US15/257,908 US10499908B2 (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2016-09-06 | Surgical implant and method and instrument for installing the same |
US16/666,004 US11812952B2 (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2019-10-28 | Surgical implant and method and instrument for installing the same |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201461947956P | 2014-03-04 | 2014-03-04 | |
US201461947656P | 2014-03-04 | 2014-03-04 | |
PCT/US2015/018839 WO2015134682A1 (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2015-03-04 | Surgical implant and method and instrument for installing the same |
US14/639,113 US20150250474A1 (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2015-03-04 | Surgical implant and method and instrument for installing the same |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2015/018839 Continuation WO2015134682A1 (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2015-03-04 | Surgical implant and method and instrument for installing the same |
Related Child Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2015/018839 Continuation-In-Part WO2015134682A1 (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2015-03-04 | Surgical implant and method and instrument for installing the same |
US15/257,908 Continuation-In-Part US10499908B2 (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2016-09-06 | Surgical implant and method and instrument for installing the same |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20150250474A1 true US20150250474A1 (en) | 2015-09-10 |
Family
ID=54055856
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/639,113 Abandoned US20150250474A1 (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2015-03-04 | Surgical implant and method and instrument for installing the same |
US14/641,136 Active 2036-01-04 US9795385B2 (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2015-03-06 | Surgical implant and method and instrument for installing the same |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/641,136 Active 2036-01-04 US9795385B2 (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2015-03-06 | Surgical implant and method and instrument for installing the same |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US20150250474A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2015134682A1 (en) |
Cited By (133)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20150342605A1 (en) * | 2014-03-04 | 2015-12-03 | Maquet Cardiovascular Llc | Surgical implant and method and instrument for installing the same |
US10299790B2 (en) | 2017-03-03 | 2019-05-28 | Covidien Lp | Adapter with centering mechanism for articulation joint |
CN110167475A (en) * | 2017-10-26 | 2019-08-23 | 爱惜康有限责任公司 | Improvement drive cable capstan winch for robotic surgery tool |
US10390826B2 (en) | 2017-05-08 | 2019-08-27 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with elongated tool assembly and methods of use |
US10420551B2 (en) | 2017-05-30 | 2019-09-24 | Covidien Lp | Authentication and information system for reusable surgical instruments |
US10463371B2 (en) | 2016-11-29 | 2019-11-05 | Covidien Lp | Reload assembly with spent reload indicator |
US10478185B2 (en) | 2017-06-02 | 2019-11-19 | Covidien Lp | Tool assembly with minimal dead space |
US10492784B2 (en) | 2016-11-08 | 2019-12-03 | Covidien Lp | Surgical tool assembly with compact firing assembly |
US10499908B2 (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2019-12-10 | Maquet Cardiovascular Llc | Surgical implant and method and instrument for installing the same |
US10517589B2 (en) | 2017-05-05 | 2019-12-31 | Covidien Lp | Surgical staples with expandable backspan |
US10561419B2 (en) | 2016-05-04 | 2020-02-18 | Covidien Lp | Powered end effector assembly with pivotable channel |
WO2020036967A1 (en) * | 2018-08-13 | 2020-02-20 | Siegenthaler Michael | Surgical clip for simultaneous bleeding control of a blood vessel and cutting |
US10603035B2 (en) | 2017-05-02 | 2020-03-31 | Covidien Lp | Surgical loading unit including an articulating end effector |
US10624636B2 (en) | 2017-08-23 | 2020-04-21 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with floating staple cartridge |
US10660623B2 (en) | 2016-01-15 | 2020-05-26 | Covidien Lp | Centering mechanism for articulation joint |
US10660641B2 (en) | 2017-03-16 | 2020-05-26 | Covidien Lp | Adapter with centering mechanism for articulation joint |
US10709901B2 (en) | 2017-01-05 | 2020-07-14 | Covidien Lp | Implantable fasteners, applicators, and methods for brachytherapy |
US10736631B2 (en) | 2018-08-07 | 2020-08-11 | Covidien Lp | End effector with staple cartridge ejector |
US10806452B2 (en) | 2017-08-24 | 2020-10-20 | Covidien Lp | Loading unit for a surgical stapling instrument |
US10849620B2 (en) | 2018-09-14 | 2020-12-01 | Covidien Lp | Connector mechanisms for surgical stapling instruments |
US10849621B2 (en) | 2017-02-23 | 2020-12-01 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapler with small diameter endoscopic portion |
US10849622B2 (en) | 2018-06-21 | 2020-12-01 | Covidien Lp | Articulated stapling with fire lock |
US10863987B2 (en) | 2017-11-16 | 2020-12-15 | Covidien Lp | Surgical instrument with imaging device |
US10912563B2 (en) | 2019-01-02 | 2021-02-09 | Covidien Lp | Stapling device including tool assembly stabilizing member |
US10925603B2 (en) | 2017-11-14 | 2021-02-23 | Covidien Lp | Reload with articulation stabilization system |
US10945732B2 (en) | 2018-01-17 | 2021-03-16 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapler with self-returning assembly |
US10952767B2 (en) | 2017-02-06 | 2021-03-23 | Covidien Lp | Connector clip for securing an introducer to a surgical fastener applying apparatus |
US10966717B2 (en) | 2016-01-07 | 2021-04-06 | Covidien Lp | Surgical fastener apparatus |
EP3634256A4 (en) * | 2017-06-09 | 2021-06-09 | Garcia, Diogo De Freitas Valeiro | Surgical stapler, surgical staple arrangement and method for approximation of muscular or aponeurotic structures |
US11090051B2 (en) | 2018-10-23 | 2021-08-17 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with floating staple cartridge |
US11109862B2 (en) | 2019-12-12 | 2021-09-07 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with flexible shaft |
US11123068B2 (en) | 2019-11-08 | 2021-09-21 | Covidien Lp | Surgical staple cartridge |
US11191538B1 (en) | 2020-06-08 | 2021-12-07 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with parallel jaw closure |
US11191537B1 (en) | 2020-05-12 | 2021-12-07 | Covidien Lp | Stapling device with continuously parallel jaws |
US11224424B2 (en) | 2019-08-02 | 2022-01-18 | Covidien Lp | Linear stapling device with vertically movable knife |
US11241228B2 (en) | 2019-04-05 | 2022-02-08 | Covidien Lp | Surgical instrument including an adapter assembly and an articulating surgical loading unit |
US11246593B2 (en) | 2020-03-06 | 2022-02-15 | Covidien Lp | Staple cartridge |
US11259808B2 (en) | 2019-03-13 | 2022-03-01 | Covidien Lp | Tool assemblies with a gap locking member |
US11266402B2 (en) | 2020-07-30 | 2022-03-08 | Covidien Lp | Sensing curved tip for surgical stapling instruments |
US11278282B2 (en) | 2020-01-31 | 2022-03-22 | Covidien Lp | Stapling device with selective cutting |
US11284892B2 (en) | 2019-04-02 | 2022-03-29 | Covidien Lp | Loading unit and adapter with modified coupling assembly |
US11284893B2 (en) | 2019-04-02 | 2022-03-29 | Covidien Lp | Stapling device with articulating tool assembly |
US11317911B2 (en) | 2020-03-10 | 2022-05-03 | Covidien Lp | Tool assembly with replaceable cartridge assembly |
US11324500B2 (en) | 2020-06-30 | 2022-05-10 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device |
US11324502B2 (en) | 2017-05-02 | 2022-05-10 | Covidien Lp | Surgical loading unit including an articulating end effector |
US11331098B2 (en) | 2020-04-01 | 2022-05-17 | Covidien Lp | Sled detection device |
US11344297B2 (en) | 2019-02-28 | 2022-05-31 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with independently movable jaws |
US11344302B2 (en) | 2020-03-05 | 2022-05-31 | Covidien Lp | Articulation mechanism for surgical stapling device |
US11344301B2 (en) | 2020-03-02 | 2022-05-31 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with replaceable reload assembly |
US11350915B2 (en) | 2017-02-23 | 2022-06-07 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapler with small diameter endoscopic portion |
US11357505B2 (en) | 2020-03-10 | 2022-06-14 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling apparatus with firing lockout mechanism |
US11369371B2 (en) | 2018-03-02 | 2022-06-28 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling instrument |
US11395654B2 (en) | 2020-08-07 | 2022-07-26 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with articulation braking assembly |
US11406383B2 (en) | 2020-03-17 | 2022-08-09 | Covidien Lp | Fire assisted powered EGIA handle |
US11406387B2 (en) | 2020-05-12 | 2022-08-09 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with replaceable staple cartridge |
US11406385B2 (en) | 2019-10-11 | 2022-08-09 | Covidien Lp | Stapling device with a gap locking member |
US11406384B2 (en) | 2020-10-05 | 2022-08-09 | Covidien Lp | Stapling device with drive assembly stop member |
US11426159B2 (en) | 2020-04-01 | 2022-08-30 | Covidien Lp | Sled detection device |
US11439392B2 (en) | 2020-08-03 | 2022-09-13 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device and fastener for pathological exam |
US11446028B2 (en) | 2020-07-09 | 2022-09-20 | Covidien Lp | Tool assembly with pivotable clamping beam |
US11452524B2 (en) | 2020-01-31 | 2022-09-27 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with lockout |
CN115317052A (en) * | 2022-08-17 | 2022-11-11 | 湖南华外医疗科技有限公司 | Executive part with split type cutting tool bit and anastomat |
US11497495B2 (en) | 2021-03-31 | 2022-11-15 | Covidien Lp | Continuous stapler strip for use with a surgical stapling device |
US11504117B2 (en) | 2020-04-02 | 2022-11-22 | Covidien Lp | Hand-held surgical instruments |
US11510673B1 (en) | 2021-05-25 | 2022-11-29 | Covidien Lp | Powered stapling device with manual retraction |
US11510669B2 (en) | 2020-09-29 | 2022-11-29 | Covidien Lp | Hand-held surgical instruments |
US11510675B2 (en) | 2015-08-26 | 2022-11-29 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical end effector assembly including a connector strip interconnecting a plurality of staples |
US11517305B2 (en) | 2020-07-09 | 2022-12-06 | Covidien Lp | Contoured staple pusher |
US11517313B2 (en) | 2021-01-27 | 2022-12-06 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with laminated drive member |
US11534167B2 (en) | 2020-05-28 | 2022-12-27 | Covidien Lp | Electrotaxis-conducive stapling |
US11540831B1 (en) | 2021-08-12 | 2023-01-03 | Covidien Lp | Staple cartridge with actuation sled detection |
US11553914B2 (en) | 2020-12-22 | 2023-01-17 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with parallel jaw closure |
US11576670B2 (en) | 2021-05-06 | 2023-02-14 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with optimized drive assembly |
US11576674B2 (en) | 2020-10-06 | 2023-02-14 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with articulation lock assembly |
US11576671B1 (en) | 2021-08-20 | 2023-02-14 | Covidien Lp | Small diameter linear surgical stapling apparatus |
US11576675B2 (en) | 2021-06-07 | 2023-02-14 | Covidien Lp | Staple cartridge with knife |
US11583273B2 (en) | 2013-12-23 | 2023-02-21 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical stapling system including a firing beam extending through an articulation region |
US11589868B2 (en) | 2015-09-02 | 2023-02-28 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical staple configurations with camming surfaces located between portions supporting surgical staples |
US11602342B2 (en) | 2020-08-27 | 2023-03-14 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with laser probe |
US11602344B2 (en) | 2021-06-30 | 2023-03-14 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling apparatus with firing lockout assembly |
US20230101288A1 (en) * | 2021-09-29 | 2023-03-30 | Covidien Lp | Surgical fastening instrument with two-part surgical fasteners |
US11617579B2 (en) | 2021-06-29 | 2023-04-04 | Covidien Lp | Ultra low profile surgical stapling instrument for tissue resections |
US11653922B2 (en) | 2021-09-29 | 2023-05-23 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with firing lockout mechanism |
US11660092B2 (en) | 2020-09-29 | 2023-05-30 | Covidien Lp | Adapter for securing loading units to handle assemblies of surgical stapling instruments |
US11666330B2 (en) | 2021-04-05 | 2023-06-06 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with lockout mechanism |
US11678878B2 (en) | 2020-09-16 | 2023-06-20 | Covidien Lp | Articulation mechanism for surgical stapling device |
US11684367B2 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2023-06-27 | Cilag Gmbh International | Stepped assembly having and end-of-life indicator |
US11690619B2 (en) | 2016-06-24 | 2023-07-04 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge comprising staples having different geometries |
US11696755B2 (en) | 2021-05-19 | 2023-07-11 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with reload assembly removal lockout |
US11701119B2 (en) | 2021-05-26 | 2023-07-18 | Covidien Lp | Powered stapling device with rack release |
US11707274B2 (en) | 2019-12-06 | 2023-07-25 | Covidien Lp | Articulating mechanism for surgical instrument |
US11707275B2 (en) | 2021-06-29 | 2023-07-25 | Covidien Lp | Asymmetrical surgical stapling device |
US11707277B2 (en) | 2021-08-20 | 2023-07-25 | Covidien Lp | Articulating surgical stapling apparatus with pivotable knife bar guide assembly |
US11707278B2 (en) | 2020-03-06 | 2023-07-25 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapler tool assembly to minimize bleeding |
US11717300B2 (en) | 2021-03-11 | 2023-08-08 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling apparatus with integrated visualization |
US11737774B2 (en) | 2020-12-04 | 2023-08-29 | Covidien Lp | Surgical instrument with articulation assembly |
US11737747B2 (en) | 2019-12-17 | 2023-08-29 | Covidien Lp | Hand-held surgical instruments |
US11744582B2 (en) | 2021-01-05 | 2023-09-05 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with firing lockout mechanism |
US11759206B2 (en) | 2021-01-05 | 2023-09-19 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with firing lockout mechanism |
US11759207B2 (en) | 2021-01-27 | 2023-09-19 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling apparatus with adjustable height clamping member |
US11771423B2 (en) | 2021-05-25 | 2023-10-03 | Covidien Lp | Powered stapling device with manual retraction |
US11779334B2 (en) | 2021-08-19 | 2023-10-10 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device including a manual retraction assembly |
US11786246B2 (en) * | 2016-06-24 | 2023-10-17 | Cilag Gmbh International | Stapling system for use with wire staples and stamped staples |
US11812956B2 (en) | 2021-05-18 | 2023-11-14 | Covidien Lp | Dual firing radial stapling device |
US11819200B2 (en) | 2020-12-15 | 2023-11-21 | Covidien Lp | Surgical instrument with articulation assembly |
US11844517B2 (en) | 2020-06-25 | 2023-12-19 | Covidien Lp | Linear stapling device with continuously parallel jaws |
US11849949B2 (en) | 2021-09-30 | 2023-12-26 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with firing lockout member |
US11864761B2 (en) | 2021-09-14 | 2024-01-09 | Covidien Lp | Surgical instrument with illumination mechanism |
US11890007B2 (en) | 2020-11-18 | 2024-02-06 | Covidien Lp | Stapling device with flex cable and tensioning mechanism |
US11890014B2 (en) | 2020-02-14 | 2024-02-06 | Covidien Lp | Cartridge holder for surgical staples and having ridges in peripheral walls for gripping tissue |
US20240041454A1 (en) * | 2016-06-24 | 2024-02-08 | Cilag Gmbh International | Stapling system for use with wire staples and stamped staples |
US11896223B2 (en) | 2013-12-23 | 2024-02-13 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical cutting and stapling instruments with independent jaw control features |
US11937794B2 (en) | 2020-05-11 | 2024-03-26 | Covidien Lp | Powered handle assembly for surgical devices |
US11944304B2 (en) | 2017-02-22 | 2024-04-02 | Covidien Lp | Loading unit for surgical instruments with low profile pushers |
US11950776B2 (en) | 2013-12-23 | 2024-04-09 | Cilag Gmbh International | Modular surgical instruments |
US11963682B2 (en) | 2015-08-26 | 2024-04-23 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical staples comprising hardness variations for improved fastening of tissue |
US11974743B2 (en) | 2019-12-02 | 2024-05-07 | Covidien Lp | Linear stapling device with a gap locking member |
US11974750B2 (en) | 2021-03-26 | 2024-05-07 | Covidien Lp | Surgical staple cartridge |
US12023027B2 (en) | 2020-07-02 | 2024-07-02 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with compressible staple cartridge |
US12023028B2 (en) | 2021-08-20 | 2024-07-02 | Covidien Lp | Articulating surgical stapling apparatus with pivotable knife bar guide assembly |
US12035909B2 (en) | 2021-10-13 | 2024-07-16 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with firing lockout mechanism |
US12089838B2 (en) | 2020-07-21 | 2024-09-17 | Covidien Lp | Shipping cover for staple cartridge |
US12108953B2 (en) | 2020-03-24 | 2024-10-08 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with replaceable staple cartridge |
US12133650B2 (en) | 2015-05-25 | 2024-11-05 | Covidien Lp | Small diameter surgical stapling device |
US12137905B2 (en) | 2022-05-16 | 2024-11-12 | Covidien Lp | Gas-powered continuous feed surgical fastening device |
US12137913B2 (en) | 2015-08-26 | 2024-11-12 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge assembly comprising various tissue compression gaps and staple forming gaps |
US12156651B2 (en) | 2020-02-03 | 2024-12-03 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device |
US12156656B2 (en) | 2015-09-02 | 2024-12-03 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical staple configurations with camming surfaces located between portions supporting surgical staples |
US12193666B2 (en) | 2022-05-27 | 2025-01-14 | Covidien Lp | Replaceable staple cartridge with retractable knife |
US12220124B2 (en) | 2020-02-14 | 2025-02-11 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device |
US12268389B2 (en) | 2021-11-12 | 2025-04-08 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with firing lockout |
US12336708B2 (en) | 2020-12-23 | 2025-06-24 | Covidien Lp | Surgical instrument including a decoupling mechanism |
US12349902B2 (en) | 2020-07-09 | 2025-07-08 | Covidien Lp | Powered handle assembly for surgical devices |
Families Citing this family (13)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10433842B2 (en) | 2017-04-07 | 2019-10-08 | Lexington Medical, Inc. | Surgical handle assembly |
US10912560B2 (en) | 2017-06-23 | 2021-02-09 | Lexington Medical, Inc. | Surgical reloadable cartridge assembly |
US11376003B2 (en) * | 2018-07-05 | 2022-07-05 | Lexington Medical, Inc. | Surgical handle articulation assembly |
US11166723B2 (en) | 2018-09-21 | 2021-11-09 | Lexington Medical, Inc. | Surgical handle assembly modes of operation |
US10856871B2 (en) | 2019-01-16 | 2020-12-08 | Lexington Medical, Inc. | Advancing a toothed rack of a surgical handle assembly |
US11298131B2 (en) | 2020-01-15 | 2022-04-12 | Lexington Medical, Inc. | Multidirectional apparatus |
US11116501B1 (en) | 2020-04-10 | 2021-09-14 | Lexington Medical, Inc. | Surgical handle articulation assemblies |
US11660093B2 (en) * | 2020-09-16 | 2023-05-30 | Cilag Gmbh International | Method of applying buttress to end effector of surgical stapler |
US11766261B2 (en) * | 2020-09-16 | 2023-09-26 | Cilag Gmbh International | Apparatus and method to apply buttress to end effector of surgical stapler via fixed base |
US11864757B2 (en) | 2021-01-15 | 2024-01-09 | Lexington, Medical, Inc. | Reloadable cartridge assembly |
US11622764B2 (en) | 2021-04-27 | 2023-04-11 | Lexington Medical, Inc. | Surgical handle assembly |
US12343009B2 (en) | 2021-06-07 | 2025-07-01 | Lexington Medical, Inc. | Motorized surgical handle assembly |
WO2023034616A1 (en) | 2021-09-03 | 2023-03-09 | Lexington Medical, Inc. | Staple line surgical buttress |
Family Cites Families (167)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US352000A (en) | 1886-11-02 | Peters | ||
US274481A (en) | 1883-03-27 | Staple | ||
US1438575A (en) | 1922-01-21 | 1922-12-12 | Joseph A Brown | Railroad spike |
US2283814A (en) | 1940-07-29 | 1942-05-19 | Bocji Corp | Staple and method of stapling |
US2476506A (en) | 1945-03-07 | 1949-07-19 | Anders C Olsen | Combination fastening device |
US3542900A (en) | 1968-06-21 | 1970-11-24 | Goodyear Tire & Rubber | Silicone rubber composition having polyester filaments embedded therein |
US3618447A (en) | 1969-09-15 | 1971-11-09 | Phillips Petroleum Co | Deterioration fasteners |
US3757629A (en) | 1971-05-10 | 1973-09-11 | R Schneider | Resilient plastic staple |
US3969975A (en) | 1975-04-28 | 1976-07-20 | King-Koral, Inc. | Heavy duty staple |
US4090337A (en) | 1977-08-10 | 1978-05-23 | Medina Plastic Products, Inc. | Flexible form for cementitious slurry |
US4220070A (en) | 1978-02-10 | 1980-09-02 | Anstett Edgar P | Nailing strip for nails to be driven therefrom |
USD284509S (en) | 1983-02-22 | 1986-07-01 | Johnson Lanny L | Surgical staple |
US4570623A (en) | 1983-06-02 | 1986-02-18 | Pfizer Hospital Products Group Inc. | Arched bridge staple |
US4548202A (en) * | 1983-06-20 | 1985-10-22 | Ethicon, Inc. | Mesh tissue fasteners |
US4534352A (en) | 1983-10-04 | 1985-08-13 | United States Surgical Corporation | Surgical fastener member having increased rate of absorption |
USD286441S (en) | 1984-10-16 | 1986-10-28 | United States Surgical Corporation | Surgical fastener |
USD286180S (en) | 1984-10-16 | 1986-10-14 | United States Surgical Corporation | Surgical fastener |
USD286442S (en) | 1985-12-31 | 1986-10-28 | United States Surgical Corporation | Surgical fastener |
US4728237A (en) | 1986-09-10 | 1988-03-01 | Moore Push-Pin Company | Drivable picture frame hanger |
US4752024A (en) | 1986-10-17 | 1988-06-21 | Green David T | Surgical fastener and surgical stapling apparatus |
US5100042A (en) | 1990-03-05 | 1992-03-31 | United States Surgical Corporation | Surgical fastener apparatus |
US5653373A (en) | 1990-09-17 | 1997-08-05 | United States Surgical Corporation | Arcuate apparatus for applying two-part surgical fasteners |
US5312456A (en) | 1991-01-31 | 1994-05-17 | Carnegie Mellon University | Micromechanical barb and method for making the same |
US6250532B1 (en) | 1991-10-18 | 2001-06-26 | United States Surgical Corporation | Surgical stapling apparatus |
US5149027A (en) | 1992-01-31 | 1992-09-22 | Alcatel Network Systems, Inc. | Multiple leg height snap fit cable holder apparatus |
US5189766A (en) | 1992-01-31 | 1993-03-02 | Alcatel Network Systems, Inc. | Multiple bit height snap fit cable holder apparatus |
US5223675A (en) | 1992-04-02 | 1993-06-29 | Taft Anthony W | Cable fastener |
US5253965A (en) | 1992-04-13 | 1993-10-19 | Progressive Tool & Industries Co. | Piercing fastener with adhesive |
US5263629A (en) | 1992-06-29 | 1993-11-23 | Ethicon, Inc. | Method and apparatus for achieving hemostasis along a staple line |
US5258012A (en) | 1992-06-30 | 1993-11-02 | Ethicon, Inc. | Surgical fasteners |
US5397324A (en) | 1993-03-10 | 1995-03-14 | Carroll; Brendan J. | Surgical stapler instrument and method for vascular hemostasis |
US5447265A (en) | 1993-04-30 | 1995-09-05 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Laparoscopic surgical instrument with a mechanism for preventing its entry into the abdominal cavity once it is depleted and removed from the abdominal cavity |
US6716232B1 (en) | 1993-04-30 | 2004-04-06 | United States Surgical Corporation | Surgical instrument having an articulated jaw structure and a detachable knife |
US5441193A (en) | 1993-09-23 | 1995-08-15 | United States Surgical Corporation | Surgical fastener applying apparatus with resilient film |
US5542594A (en) | 1993-10-06 | 1996-08-06 | United States Surgical Corporation | Surgical stapling apparatus with biocompatible surgical fabric |
US5503638A (en) | 1994-02-10 | 1996-04-02 | Bio-Vascular, Inc. | Soft tissue stapling buttress |
US5443193A (en) | 1994-07-15 | 1995-08-22 | Lenard; Mark D. | Pager carrier with coin dispenser |
US5779130A (en) | 1994-08-05 | 1998-07-14 | United States Surgical Corporation | Self-contained powered surgical apparatus |
US5797538A (en) | 1994-10-05 | 1998-08-25 | United States Surgical Corporation | Articulating apparatus for applying surgical fasteners to body tissue |
US5720755A (en) | 1995-01-18 | 1998-02-24 | Dakov; Pepi | Tubular suturing device and methods of use |
US5630540A (en) | 1995-05-24 | 1997-05-20 | United States Surgical Corporation | Surgical staple and staple drive member |
USRE38708E1 (en) | 1995-07-11 | 2005-03-01 | United States Surgical Corporation | Disposable loading unit for surgical stapler |
US5752644A (en) | 1995-07-11 | 1998-05-19 | United States Surgical Corporation | Disposable loading unit for surgical stapler |
US5762256A (en) | 1995-08-28 | 1998-06-09 | United States Surgical Corporation | Surgical stapler |
US5782396A (en) | 1995-08-28 | 1998-07-21 | United States Surgical Corporation | Surgical stapler |
US5827298A (en) * | 1995-11-17 | 1998-10-27 | Innovasive Devices, Inc. | Surgical fastening system and method for using the same |
US20020068949A1 (en) | 1996-02-23 | 2002-06-06 | Williamson Warren P. | Extremely long wire fasteners for use in minimally invasive surgery and means and method for handling those fasteners |
US6162233A (en) | 1996-02-23 | 2000-12-19 | Cardiovascular Technologies, Llc | Wire fasteners for use in minimally invasive surgery and means and methods for handling those fasteners |
US5730758A (en) | 1996-09-12 | 1998-03-24 | Allgeyer; Dean O. | Staple and staple applicator for use in skin fixation of catheters |
TW384362B (en) | 1996-09-17 | 2000-03-11 | Thk Co Ltd | Ball connecting body, and linear guide device and ball screw device utilizing the ball connecting body |
US5752965A (en) | 1996-10-21 | 1998-05-19 | Bio-Vascular, Inc. | Apparatus and method for producing a reinforced surgical fastener suture line |
US5919198A (en) | 1997-04-17 | 1999-07-06 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Disposable cartridge with drivers |
US5865361A (en) | 1997-09-23 | 1999-02-02 | United States Surgical Corporation | Surgical stapling apparatus |
US5993464A (en) | 1998-01-23 | 1999-11-30 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical stapling instrument |
US6066144A (en) | 1997-10-07 | 2000-05-23 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical anastomosis method |
US6325805B1 (en) | 1999-04-23 | 2001-12-04 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Shape memory alloy staple |
US6059787A (en) | 1999-04-26 | 2000-05-09 | Allen; Drew | Compression bone staple apparatus and method |
US6273897B1 (en) | 2000-02-29 | 2001-08-14 | Ethicon, Inc. | Surgical bettress and surgical stapling apparatus |
US7499742B2 (en) | 2001-09-26 | 2009-03-03 | Cvrx, Inc. | Electrode structures and methods for their use in cardiovascular reflex control |
US7485124B2 (en) | 2000-10-19 | 2009-02-03 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical instrument having a fastener delivery mechanism |
US6551333B2 (en) | 2000-10-19 | 2003-04-22 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Method for attaching hernia mesh |
US6447524B1 (en) | 2000-10-19 | 2002-09-10 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Fastener for hernia mesh fixation |
US6572626B1 (en) | 2000-10-19 | 2003-06-03 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical instrument having a fastener delivery mechanism |
US7727246B2 (en) | 2000-12-06 | 2010-06-01 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Methods for endoluminal treatment |
US7232445B2 (en) | 2000-12-06 | 2007-06-19 | Id, Llc | Apparatus for the endoluminal treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) |
US6656193B2 (en) | 2001-05-07 | 2003-12-02 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Device for attachment of buttress material to a surgical fastening device |
US6558400B2 (en) | 2001-05-30 | 2003-05-06 | Satiety, Inc. | Obesity treatment tools and methods |
WO2003086206A1 (en) | 2002-04-11 | 2003-10-23 | Tyco Healthcare Group, Lp | Surgical stapling apparatus including an anvil and cartridge each having cooperating mating surfaces |
US7056330B2 (en) | 2002-05-31 | 2006-06-06 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Method for applying tissue fastener |
US7793477B1 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2010-09-14 | Epic Metals Corporation | Roof deck and method of manufacturing a clip |
ES2612128T3 (en) | 2002-10-04 | 2017-05-12 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapler with universal joint and prior tissue support |
EP1671593B1 (en) | 2002-10-04 | 2008-02-27 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Tool assembly for surgical stapling device |
ES2337248T3 (en) | 2002-10-04 | 2010-04-22 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | TOOL ASSEMBLY FOR A SURGICAL STAPLING DEVICE. |
US20040138683A1 (en) | 2003-01-09 | 2004-07-15 | Walter Shelton | Suture arrow device and method of using |
US20040138705A1 (en) | 2003-01-09 | 2004-07-15 | Harri Heino | Surgical staple for tissue treatment |
US7074294B2 (en) | 2003-04-17 | 2006-07-11 | Nanosys, Inc. | Structures, systems and methods for joining articles and materials and uses therefor |
US20040243151A1 (en) | 2003-04-29 | 2004-12-02 | Demmy Todd L. | Surgical stapling device with dissecting tip |
US7000818B2 (en) | 2003-05-20 | 2006-02-21 | Ethicon, Endo-Surger, Inc. | Surgical stapling instrument having separate distinct closing and firing systems |
US7380696B2 (en) | 2003-05-20 | 2008-06-03 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Articulating surgical stapling instrument incorporating a two-piece E-beam firing mechanism |
US7635367B2 (en) | 2003-08-05 | 2009-12-22 | Medicrea International | Osteosynthesis clip and insertion tool for use with bone tissue fragments |
US7303108B2 (en) | 2003-09-29 | 2007-12-04 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical stapling instrument incorporating a multi-stroke firing mechanism with a flexible rack |
US7296722B2 (en) | 2003-10-17 | 2007-11-20 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Surgical fastener applying apparatus with controlled beam deflection |
USD509297S1 (en) | 2003-10-17 | 2005-09-06 | Tyco Healthcare Group, Lp | Surgical instrument |
EP1713402B1 (en) | 2004-02-13 | 2018-07-04 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Device for reducing stomach volume |
US20060015144A1 (en) | 2004-07-19 | 2006-01-19 | Vascular Control Systems, Inc. | Uterine artery occlusion staple |
AU2005295487B2 (en) | 2004-10-18 | 2010-12-02 | Covidien Lp | Surgical fasteners coated with wound treatment materials |
US7678121B1 (en) | 2004-12-23 | 2010-03-16 | Cardica, Inc. | Surgical stapling tool |
US7462185B1 (en) | 2004-12-23 | 2008-12-09 | Cardican Inc. | Intravascular stapling tool |
US20060173470A1 (en) | 2005-01-31 | 2006-08-03 | Oray B N | Surgical fastener buttress material |
US7905825B2 (en) | 2005-02-04 | 2011-03-15 | AMS Research Foundation | Pelvic implants and related methods |
GB0505081D0 (en) | 2005-03-14 | 2005-04-20 | Genomica Sau | Downregulation of interleukin-12 expression by means of rnai technology |
US7559937B2 (en) | 2005-08-09 | 2009-07-14 | Towertech Research Group | Surgical fastener apparatus and reinforcing material |
WO2007017872A2 (en) | 2005-08-11 | 2007-02-15 | Endogun Medical Systems Ltd. | Surgical fasteners and devices for surgical fastening |
US10159482B2 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2018-12-25 | Ethicon Llc | Fastener cartridge assembly comprising a fixed anvil and different staple heights |
US7669746B2 (en) | 2005-08-31 | 2010-03-02 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Staple cartridges for forming staples having differing formed staple heights |
US8991676B2 (en) | 2007-03-15 | 2015-03-31 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical staple having a slidable crown |
US7407078B2 (en) | 2005-09-21 | 2008-08-05 | Ehthicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical stapling instrument having force controlled spacing end effector |
US7467740B2 (en) | 2005-09-21 | 2008-12-23 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical stapling instruments having flexible channel and anvil features for adjustable staple heights |
US7641091B2 (en) | 2005-10-04 | 2010-01-05 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Staple drive assembly |
US7635074B2 (en) | 2005-10-04 | 2009-12-22 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Staple drive assembly |
US8096459B2 (en) | 2005-10-11 | 2012-01-17 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical stapler with an end effector support |
US7568603B2 (en) | 2006-01-31 | 2009-08-04 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Motor-driven surgical cutting and fastening instrument with articulatable end effector |
DE202006002182U1 (en) | 2006-02-11 | 2006-04-20 | Shano, Majid, Dr. | Implant for osteosynthesis |
US7765011B2 (en) | 2006-08-21 | 2010-07-27 | Medtronic, Inc. | Assembly methods for medical electrical leads |
US7794475B2 (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2010-09-14 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical staples having compressible or crushable members for securing tissue therein and stapling instruments for deploying the same |
US7637410B2 (en) | 2006-10-06 | 2009-12-29 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Surgical instrument including a locking assembly |
US7866525B2 (en) | 2006-10-06 | 2011-01-11 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Surgical instrument having a plastic surface |
US7845533B2 (en) | 2007-06-22 | 2010-12-07 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Detachable buttress material retention systems for use with a surgical stapling device |
US8028883B2 (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2011-10-04 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Methods of using shape memory alloys for buttress attachment |
US8011550B2 (en) | 2009-03-31 | 2011-09-06 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Surgical stapling apparatus |
US8413871B2 (en) | 2007-03-06 | 2013-04-09 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling apparatus |
US8011555B2 (en) | 2007-03-06 | 2011-09-06 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Surgical stapling apparatus |
US7490749B2 (en) | 2007-03-28 | 2009-02-17 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical stapling and cutting instrument with manually retractable firing member |
US9636111B2 (en) * | 2007-05-07 | 2017-05-02 | Covidien Lp | Method of stapling tissues with a staple assembly |
US8038045B2 (en) | 2007-05-25 | 2011-10-18 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Staple buttress retention system |
US7950561B2 (en) | 2007-06-18 | 2011-05-31 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Structure for attachment of buttress material to anvils and cartridges of surgical staplers |
US7665646B2 (en) | 2007-06-18 | 2010-02-23 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Interlocking buttress material retention system |
US8235995B2 (en) | 2007-06-19 | 2012-08-07 | Tornier, Inc. | Bone staple with compressible deformation region |
US8062330B2 (en) | 2007-06-27 | 2011-11-22 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Buttress and surgical stapling apparatus |
USD574956S1 (en) | 2007-06-28 | 2008-08-12 | Biomedical Enterprises, Inc. | Soft tissue staple |
US8348972B2 (en) | 2007-07-11 | 2013-01-08 | Covidien Lp | Surgical staple with augmented compression area |
AU2008229795B2 (en) | 2007-10-05 | 2014-02-13 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapler having an articulation mechanism |
US20090177201A1 (en) | 2007-11-14 | 2009-07-09 | Michael Soltz | Staple with Multiple Cross Sectional Shapes |
US7819297B2 (en) | 2008-02-14 | 2010-10-26 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical stapling apparatus with reprocessible handle assembly |
US7861906B2 (en) | 2008-02-14 | 2011-01-04 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical stapling apparatus with articulatable components |
US9770245B2 (en) | 2008-02-15 | 2017-09-26 | Ethicon Llc | Layer arrangements for surgical staple cartridges |
US7980443B2 (en) | 2008-02-15 | 2011-07-19 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | End effectors for a surgical cutting and stapling instrument |
US7959051B2 (en) | 2008-02-15 | 2011-06-14 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Closure systems for a surgical cutting and stapling instrument |
US20090206141A1 (en) | 2008-02-15 | 2009-08-20 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Buttress material having an activatable adhesive |
US7942301B2 (en) | 2008-04-17 | 2011-05-17 | Medtronic Vascular, Inc. | Vascular puncture stapling system |
WO2009130631A2 (en) | 2008-04-21 | 2009-10-29 | Simcha Milo | Surgical stapling systems |
US7997468B2 (en) | 2008-05-05 | 2011-08-16 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Surgical instrument with clamp |
US8186556B2 (en) | 2008-05-09 | 2012-05-29 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Variable compression surgical fastener apparatus |
US8464922B2 (en) | 2008-05-09 | 2013-06-18 | Covidien Lp | Variable compression surgical fastener cartridge |
US7988028B2 (en) | 2008-09-23 | 2011-08-02 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Surgical instrument having an asymmetric dynamic clamping member |
US8381961B2 (en) | 2009-01-14 | 2013-02-26 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling apparatus including staple with plate |
US8439244B2 (en) | 2010-01-20 | 2013-05-14 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical stapler fastening device with movable anvil |
US8348126B2 (en) | 2009-03-31 | 2013-01-08 | Covidien Lp | Crimp and release of suture holding buttress material |
US7988027B2 (en) | 2009-03-31 | 2011-08-02 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Crimp and release of suture holding buttress material |
US7967179B2 (en) | 2009-03-31 | 2011-06-28 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Center cinch and release of buttress material |
US8113409B2 (en) | 2009-03-31 | 2012-02-14 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Surgical stapling apparatus with clamping assembly |
US8365972B2 (en) | 2009-03-31 | 2013-02-05 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling apparatus |
US8016178B2 (en) | 2009-03-31 | 2011-09-13 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Surgical stapling apparatus |
WO2010114635A2 (en) | 2009-04-03 | 2010-10-07 | Romans Matthew L | Absorbable surgical staple |
US8292154B2 (en) | 2009-04-16 | 2012-10-23 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Surgical apparatus for applying tissue fasteners |
US8127976B2 (en) | 2009-05-08 | 2012-03-06 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Stapler cartridge and channel interlock |
US9055945B2 (en) | 2009-05-12 | 2015-06-16 | Ethicon, Inc. | Surgical fasteners having articulating joints and deflectable tips |
US8342378B2 (en) | 2009-08-17 | 2013-01-01 | Covidien Lp | One handed stapler |
US8257634B2 (en) | 2009-10-06 | 2012-09-04 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Actuation sled having a curved guide member and method |
US8496154B2 (en) | 2009-10-08 | 2013-07-30 | Covidien Lp | Pair of double staple pusher in triple row stapler |
US8157151B2 (en) | 2009-10-15 | 2012-04-17 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Staple line reinforcement for anvil and cartridge |
US8418907B2 (en) | 2009-11-05 | 2013-04-16 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapler having cartridge with adjustable cam mechanism |
US8186558B2 (en) | 2009-11-10 | 2012-05-29 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Locking mechanism for use with loading units |
US8074859B2 (en) | 2010-03-31 | 2011-12-13 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Surgical instrument |
US20130261661A1 (en) * | 2010-08-05 | 2013-10-03 | Hadi A. Piraka | Surgical stapler |
US8814024B2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2014-08-26 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Fastener system comprising a plurality of connected retention matrix elements |
US9386988B2 (en) * | 2010-09-30 | 2016-07-12 | Ethicon End-Surgery, LLC | Retainer assembly including a tissue thickness compensator |
US8348130B2 (en) | 2010-12-10 | 2013-01-08 | Covidien Lp | Surgical apparatus including surgical buttress |
US8479968B2 (en) | 2011-03-10 | 2013-07-09 | Covidien Lp | Surgical instrument buttress attachment |
US20130068816A1 (en) | 2011-09-15 | 2013-03-21 | Venkataramanan Mandakolathur Vasudevan | Surgical instrument and buttress material |
US8585721B2 (en) | 2011-10-12 | 2013-11-19 | Covidien Lp | Mesh fixation system |
US9675351B2 (en) | 2011-10-26 | 2017-06-13 | Covidien Lp | Buttress release from surgical stapler by knife pushing |
US8967447B2 (en) | 2011-12-14 | 2015-03-03 | Covidien Lp | Surgical instrument including firing indicator |
US9237892B2 (en) | 2011-12-14 | 2016-01-19 | Covidien Lp | Buttress attachment to the cartridge surface |
CA2859548A1 (en) | 2011-12-19 | 2013-08-15 | Rotation Medical, Inc. | Fasteners for affixing sheet-like materials to bone or tissue |
US8820606B2 (en) | 2012-02-24 | 2014-09-02 | Covidien Lp | Buttress retention system for linear endostaplers |
US20150250474A1 (en) * | 2014-03-04 | 2015-09-10 | Maquet Cardiovascular Llc | Surgical implant and method and instrument for installing the same |
-
2015
- 2015-03-04 US US14/639,113 patent/US20150250474A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2015-03-04 WO PCT/US2015/018839 patent/WO2015134682A1/en active Application Filing
- 2015-03-06 US US14/641,136 patent/US9795385B2/en active Active
Cited By (180)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11950776B2 (en) | 2013-12-23 | 2024-04-09 | Cilag Gmbh International | Modular surgical instruments |
US11759201B2 (en) | 2013-12-23 | 2023-09-19 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical stapling system comprising an end effector including an anvil with an anvil cap |
US11896223B2 (en) | 2013-12-23 | 2024-02-13 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical cutting and stapling instruments with independent jaw control features |
US11779327B2 (en) | 2013-12-23 | 2023-10-10 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical stapling system including a push bar |
US11583273B2 (en) | 2013-12-23 | 2023-02-21 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical stapling system including a firing beam extending through an articulation region |
US10499908B2 (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2019-12-10 | Maquet Cardiovascular Llc | Surgical implant and method and instrument for installing the same |
US9795385B2 (en) * | 2014-03-04 | 2017-10-24 | Maquet Cardiovascular Llc | Surgical implant and method and instrument for installing the same |
US11812952B2 (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2023-11-14 | Maquet Cardiovascular Llc | Surgical implant and method and instrument for installing the same |
US20150342605A1 (en) * | 2014-03-04 | 2015-12-03 | Maquet Cardiovascular Llc | Surgical implant and method and instrument for installing the same |
US12133650B2 (en) | 2015-05-25 | 2024-11-05 | Covidien Lp | Small diameter surgical stapling device |
US12137913B2 (en) | 2015-08-26 | 2024-11-12 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge assembly comprising various tissue compression gaps and staple forming gaps |
US11963682B2 (en) | 2015-08-26 | 2024-04-23 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical staples comprising hardness variations for improved fastening of tissue |
US12035915B2 (en) | 2015-08-26 | 2024-07-16 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical staples comprising hardness variations for improved fastening of tissue |
US11510675B2 (en) | 2015-08-26 | 2022-11-29 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical end effector assembly including a connector strip interconnecting a plurality of staples |
US11589868B2 (en) | 2015-09-02 | 2023-02-28 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical staple configurations with camming surfaces located between portions supporting surgical staples |
US12156656B2 (en) | 2015-09-02 | 2024-12-03 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical staple configurations with camming surfaces located between portions supporting surgical staples |
US10966717B2 (en) | 2016-01-07 | 2021-04-06 | Covidien Lp | Surgical fastener apparatus |
US10660623B2 (en) | 2016-01-15 | 2020-05-26 | Covidien Lp | Centering mechanism for articulation joint |
US10561419B2 (en) | 2016-05-04 | 2020-02-18 | Covidien Lp | Powered end effector assembly with pivotable channel |
US12161328B2 (en) | 2016-06-24 | 2024-12-10 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge comprising wire staples and stamped staples |
US20240041454A1 (en) * | 2016-06-24 | 2024-02-08 | Cilag Gmbh International | Stapling system for use with wire staples and stamped staples |
US11786246B2 (en) * | 2016-06-24 | 2023-10-17 | Cilag Gmbh International | Stapling system for use with wire staples and stamped staples |
US11690619B2 (en) | 2016-06-24 | 2023-07-04 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge comprising staples having different geometries |
US10492784B2 (en) | 2016-11-08 | 2019-12-03 | Covidien Lp | Surgical tool assembly with compact firing assembly |
US11534161B2 (en) | 2016-11-08 | 2022-12-27 | Covidien Lp | Surgical tool assembly with compact firing assembly |
US11324505B2 (en) | 2016-11-29 | 2022-05-10 | Covidien Lp | Reload assembly with spent reload indicator |
US10463371B2 (en) | 2016-11-29 | 2019-11-05 | Covidien Lp | Reload assembly with spent reload indicator |
US11684367B2 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2023-06-27 | Cilag Gmbh International | Stepped assembly having and end-of-life indicator |
US10709901B2 (en) | 2017-01-05 | 2020-07-14 | Covidien Lp | Implantable fasteners, applicators, and methods for brachytherapy |
US11559700B2 (en) | 2017-01-05 | 2023-01-24 | Covidien Lp | Implantable fasteners, applicators, and methods for brachytherapy |
US10952767B2 (en) | 2017-02-06 | 2021-03-23 | Covidien Lp | Connector clip for securing an introducer to a surgical fastener applying apparatus |
US11944304B2 (en) | 2017-02-22 | 2024-04-02 | Covidien Lp | Loading unit for surgical instruments with low profile pushers |
US11350915B2 (en) | 2017-02-23 | 2022-06-07 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapler with small diameter endoscopic portion |
US10849621B2 (en) | 2017-02-23 | 2020-12-01 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapler with small diameter endoscopic portion |
US11786247B2 (en) | 2017-02-23 | 2023-10-17 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapler with small diameter endoscopic portion |
US10299790B2 (en) | 2017-03-03 | 2019-05-28 | Covidien Lp | Adapter with centering mechanism for articulation joint |
US11337697B2 (en) | 2017-03-03 | 2022-05-24 | Covidien Lp | Adapter with centering mechanism for articulation joint |
US10667813B2 (en) | 2017-03-03 | 2020-06-02 | Covidien Lp | Adapter with centering mechanism for articulation joint |
US10660641B2 (en) | 2017-03-16 | 2020-05-26 | Covidien Lp | Adapter with centering mechanism for articulation joint |
US11723660B2 (en) | 2017-05-02 | 2023-08-15 | Covidien Lp | Surgical loading unit including an articulating end effector |
US10603035B2 (en) | 2017-05-02 | 2020-03-31 | Covidien Lp | Surgical loading unit including an articulating end effector |
US11324502B2 (en) | 2017-05-02 | 2022-05-10 | Covidien Lp | Surgical loading unit including an articulating end effector |
US10524784B2 (en) | 2017-05-05 | 2020-01-07 | Covidien Lp | Surgical staples with expandable backspan |
US10517589B2 (en) | 2017-05-05 | 2019-12-31 | Covidien Lp | Surgical staples with expandable backspan |
US11992207B2 (en) | 2017-05-05 | 2024-05-28 | Covidien Lp | Surgical staples with expandable backspan |
US11324498B2 (en) | 2017-05-05 | 2022-05-10 | Covidien Lp | Surgical staples with expandable backspan |
US11317916B2 (en) | 2017-05-08 | 2022-05-03 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with elongated tool assembly and methods of use |
US10390826B2 (en) | 2017-05-08 | 2019-08-27 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with elongated tool assembly and methods of use |
US11185323B2 (en) | 2017-05-30 | 2021-11-30 | Covidien Lp | Authentication and information system for reusable surgical instruments |
US10420551B2 (en) | 2017-05-30 | 2019-09-24 | Covidien Lp | Authentication and information system for reusable surgical instruments |
US11617581B2 (en) | 2017-06-02 | 2023-04-04 | Covidien Lp | Tool assembly with minimal dead space |
US10478185B2 (en) | 2017-06-02 | 2019-11-19 | Covidien Lp | Tool assembly with minimal dead space |
EP3634256A4 (en) * | 2017-06-09 | 2021-06-09 | Garcia, Diogo De Freitas Valeiro | Surgical stapler, surgical staple arrangement and method for approximation of muscular or aponeurotic structures |
US10624636B2 (en) | 2017-08-23 | 2020-04-21 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with floating staple cartridge |
US10806452B2 (en) | 2017-08-24 | 2020-10-20 | Covidien Lp | Loading unit for a surgical stapling instrument |
CN110167475A (en) * | 2017-10-26 | 2019-08-23 | 爱惜康有限责任公司 | Improvement drive cable capstan winch for robotic surgery tool |
US10925603B2 (en) | 2017-11-14 | 2021-02-23 | Covidien Lp | Reload with articulation stabilization system |
US10863987B2 (en) | 2017-11-16 | 2020-12-15 | Covidien Lp | Surgical instrument with imaging device |
US11744586B2 (en) | 2017-11-16 | 2023-09-05 | Covidien Lp | Surgical instrument with imaging device |
US10945732B2 (en) | 2018-01-17 | 2021-03-16 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapler with self-returning assembly |
US11369371B2 (en) | 2018-03-02 | 2022-06-28 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling instrument |
US10849622B2 (en) | 2018-06-21 | 2020-12-01 | Covidien Lp | Articulated stapling with fire lock |
US11864759B2 (en) | 2018-06-21 | 2024-01-09 | Covidien Lp | Articulated stapling with fire lock |
US10736631B2 (en) | 2018-08-07 | 2020-08-11 | Covidien Lp | End effector with staple cartridge ejector |
US11547406B2 (en) | 2018-08-07 | 2023-01-10 | Covidien Lp | End effector with staple cartridge ejector |
WO2020036967A1 (en) * | 2018-08-13 | 2020-02-20 | Siegenthaler Michael | Surgical clip for simultaneous bleeding control of a blood vessel and cutting |
US11439405B2 (en) | 2018-08-13 | 2022-09-13 | Michael Siegenthaler | Surgical clip for simultaneous bleeding control of a blood vessel and cutting |
US11998214B2 (en) | 2018-08-13 | 2024-06-04 | Michael Siegenthaler | Surgical clip for simultaneous bleeding control of a blood vessel and cutting |
US10849620B2 (en) | 2018-09-14 | 2020-12-01 | Covidien Lp | Connector mechanisms for surgical stapling instruments |
US11504121B2 (en) | 2018-09-14 | 2022-11-22 | Covidien Lp | Connector mechanisms for surgical stapling instruments |
US11806014B2 (en) | 2018-10-23 | 2023-11-07 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with floating staple cartridge |
US11090051B2 (en) | 2018-10-23 | 2021-08-17 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with floating staple cartridge |
US10912563B2 (en) | 2019-01-02 | 2021-02-09 | Covidien Lp | Stapling device including tool assembly stabilizing member |
US11344297B2 (en) | 2019-02-28 | 2022-05-31 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with independently movable jaws |
US11259808B2 (en) | 2019-03-13 | 2022-03-01 | Covidien Lp | Tool assemblies with a gap locking member |
US11890011B2 (en) | 2019-03-13 | 2024-02-06 | Covidien Lp | Tool assemblies with a gap locking member |
US11284892B2 (en) | 2019-04-02 | 2022-03-29 | Covidien Lp | Loading unit and adapter with modified coupling assembly |
US11284893B2 (en) | 2019-04-02 | 2022-03-29 | Covidien Lp | Stapling device with articulating tool assembly |
US11890009B2 (en) | 2019-04-02 | 2024-02-06 | Covidien Lp | Loading unit and adapter with modified coupling assembly |
US11241228B2 (en) | 2019-04-05 | 2022-02-08 | Covidien Lp | Surgical instrument including an adapter assembly and an articulating surgical loading unit |
US11925348B2 (en) | 2019-04-05 | 2024-03-12 | Covidien Lp | Surgical instrument including an adapter assembly and an articulating surgical loading unit |
US11224424B2 (en) | 2019-08-02 | 2022-01-18 | Covidien Lp | Linear stapling device with vertically movable knife |
US11793517B2 (en) | 2019-08-02 | 2023-10-24 | Covidien Lp | Linear stapling device with vertically movable knife |
US11406385B2 (en) | 2019-10-11 | 2022-08-09 | Covidien Lp | Stapling device with a gap locking member |
US11123068B2 (en) | 2019-11-08 | 2021-09-21 | Covidien Lp | Surgical staple cartridge |
US11974743B2 (en) | 2019-12-02 | 2024-05-07 | Covidien Lp | Linear stapling device with a gap locking member |
US11707274B2 (en) | 2019-12-06 | 2023-07-25 | Covidien Lp | Articulating mechanism for surgical instrument |
US11109862B2 (en) | 2019-12-12 | 2021-09-07 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with flexible shaft |
US11779335B2 (en) | 2019-12-12 | 2023-10-10 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with flexible shaft |
US11737747B2 (en) | 2019-12-17 | 2023-08-29 | Covidien Lp | Hand-held surgical instruments |
US12268387B2 (en) | 2019-12-17 | 2025-04-08 | Covidien Lp | Hand-held surgical instruments |
US11696758B2 (en) | 2020-01-31 | 2023-07-11 | Covidien Lp | Stapling device with selective cutting |
US11278282B2 (en) | 2020-01-31 | 2022-03-22 | Covidien Lp | Stapling device with selective cutting |
US11452524B2 (en) | 2020-01-31 | 2022-09-27 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with lockout |
US12156651B2 (en) | 2020-02-03 | 2024-12-03 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device |
US12220124B2 (en) | 2020-02-14 | 2025-02-11 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device |
US11890014B2 (en) | 2020-02-14 | 2024-02-06 | Covidien Lp | Cartridge holder for surgical staples and having ridges in peripheral walls for gripping tissue |
US11944298B2 (en) | 2020-03-02 | 2024-04-02 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with replaceable reload assembly |
US11344301B2 (en) | 2020-03-02 | 2022-05-31 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with replaceable reload assembly |
US11344302B2 (en) | 2020-03-05 | 2022-05-31 | Covidien Lp | Articulation mechanism for surgical stapling device |
US11684364B2 (en) | 2020-03-05 | 2023-06-27 | Covidien Lp | Articulation mechanism for surgical stapling device |
US11707278B2 (en) | 2020-03-06 | 2023-07-25 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapler tool assembly to minimize bleeding |
US11246593B2 (en) | 2020-03-06 | 2022-02-15 | Covidien Lp | Staple cartridge |
US11317911B2 (en) | 2020-03-10 | 2022-05-03 | Covidien Lp | Tool assembly with replaceable cartridge assembly |
US11737753B2 (en) | 2020-03-10 | 2023-08-29 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling apparatus with firing lockout mechanism |
US11357505B2 (en) | 2020-03-10 | 2022-06-14 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling apparatus with firing lockout mechanism |
US11723656B2 (en) | 2020-03-10 | 2023-08-15 | Covidien Lp | Tool assembly with replaceable cartridge assembly |
US11406383B2 (en) | 2020-03-17 | 2022-08-09 | Covidien Lp | Fire assisted powered EGIA handle |
US12108953B2 (en) | 2020-03-24 | 2024-10-08 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with replaceable staple cartridge |
US11331098B2 (en) | 2020-04-01 | 2022-05-17 | Covidien Lp | Sled detection device |
US11701108B2 (en) | 2020-04-01 | 2023-07-18 | Covidien Lp | Sled detection device |
US12029420B2 (en) | 2020-04-01 | 2024-07-09 | Covidien Lp | Sled detection device |
US11426159B2 (en) | 2020-04-01 | 2022-08-30 | Covidien Lp | Sled detection device |
US11504117B2 (en) | 2020-04-02 | 2022-11-22 | Covidien Lp | Hand-held surgical instruments |
US11937794B2 (en) | 2020-05-11 | 2024-03-26 | Covidien Lp | Powered handle assembly for surgical devices |
US11406387B2 (en) | 2020-05-12 | 2022-08-09 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with replaceable staple cartridge |
US11832815B2 (en) | 2020-05-12 | 2023-12-05 | Covidien Lp | Stapling device with continuously parallel jaws |
US11191537B1 (en) | 2020-05-12 | 2021-12-07 | Covidien Lp | Stapling device with continuously parallel jaws |
US11534167B2 (en) | 2020-05-28 | 2022-12-27 | Covidien Lp | Electrotaxis-conducive stapling |
US11766256B2 (en) | 2020-06-08 | 2023-09-26 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with parallel jaw closure |
US11191538B1 (en) | 2020-06-08 | 2021-12-07 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with parallel jaw closure |
US11844517B2 (en) | 2020-06-25 | 2023-12-19 | Covidien Lp | Linear stapling device with continuously parallel jaws |
US11324500B2 (en) | 2020-06-30 | 2022-05-10 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device |
US12023027B2 (en) | 2020-07-02 | 2024-07-02 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with compressible staple cartridge |
US12349902B2 (en) | 2020-07-09 | 2025-07-08 | Covidien Lp | Powered handle assembly for surgical devices |
US11517305B2 (en) | 2020-07-09 | 2022-12-06 | Covidien Lp | Contoured staple pusher |
US11446028B2 (en) | 2020-07-09 | 2022-09-20 | Covidien Lp | Tool assembly with pivotable clamping beam |
US12089838B2 (en) | 2020-07-21 | 2024-09-17 | Covidien Lp | Shipping cover for staple cartridge |
US11266402B2 (en) | 2020-07-30 | 2022-03-08 | Covidien Lp | Sensing curved tip for surgical stapling instruments |
US11849942B2 (en) | 2020-07-30 | 2023-12-26 | Covidien Lp | Sensing curved tip for surgical stapling instruments |
US11439392B2 (en) | 2020-08-03 | 2022-09-13 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device and fastener for pathological exam |
US11395654B2 (en) | 2020-08-07 | 2022-07-26 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with articulation braking assembly |
US11602342B2 (en) | 2020-08-27 | 2023-03-14 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with laser probe |
US11678878B2 (en) | 2020-09-16 | 2023-06-20 | Covidien Lp | Articulation mechanism for surgical stapling device |
US11660092B2 (en) | 2020-09-29 | 2023-05-30 | Covidien Lp | Adapter for securing loading units to handle assemblies of surgical stapling instruments |
US11510669B2 (en) | 2020-09-29 | 2022-11-29 | Covidien Lp | Hand-held surgical instruments |
US11406384B2 (en) | 2020-10-05 | 2022-08-09 | Covidien Lp | Stapling device with drive assembly stop member |
US11576674B2 (en) | 2020-10-06 | 2023-02-14 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with articulation lock assembly |
US11890007B2 (en) | 2020-11-18 | 2024-02-06 | Covidien Lp | Stapling device with flex cable and tensioning mechanism |
US11737774B2 (en) | 2020-12-04 | 2023-08-29 | Covidien Lp | Surgical instrument with articulation assembly |
US11819200B2 (en) | 2020-12-15 | 2023-11-21 | Covidien Lp | Surgical instrument with articulation assembly |
US11553914B2 (en) | 2020-12-22 | 2023-01-17 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with parallel jaw closure |
US12336708B2 (en) | 2020-12-23 | 2025-06-24 | Covidien Lp | Surgical instrument including a decoupling mechanism |
US11744582B2 (en) | 2021-01-05 | 2023-09-05 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with firing lockout mechanism |
US11759206B2 (en) | 2021-01-05 | 2023-09-19 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with firing lockout mechanism |
US11517313B2 (en) | 2021-01-27 | 2022-12-06 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with laminated drive member |
US11759207B2 (en) | 2021-01-27 | 2023-09-19 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling apparatus with adjustable height clamping member |
US12070211B2 (en) | 2021-01-27 | 2024-08-27 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with laminated drive member |
US11717300B2 (en) | 2021-03-11 | 2023-08-08 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling apparatus with integrated visualization |
US11974750B2 (en) | 2021-03-26 | 2024-05-07 | Covidien Lp | Surgical staple cartridge |
US11497495B2 (en) | 2021-03-31 | 2022-11-15 | Covidien Lp | Continuous stapler strip for use with a surgical stapling device |
US11666330B2 (en) | 2021-04-05 | 2023-06-06 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with lockout mechanism |
US11576670B2 (en) | 2021-05-06 | 2023-02-14 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with optimized drive assembly |
US11812956B2 (en) | 2021-05-18 | 2023-11-14 | Covidien Lp | Dual firing radial stapling device |
US11696755B2 (en) | 2021-05-19 | 2023-07-11 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with reload assembly removal lockout |
US11510673B1 (en) | 2021-05-25 | 2022-11-29 | Covidien Lp | Powered stapling device with manual retraction |
US11771423B2 (en) | 2021-05-25 | 2023-10-03 | Covidien Lp | Powered stapling device with manual retraction |
US12207819B2 (en) | 2021-05-26 | 2025-01-28 | Covidien Lp | Powered stapling device with rack release |
US11701119B2 (en) | 2021-05-26 | 2023-07-18 | Covidien Lp | Powered stapling device with rack release |
US11576675B2 (en) | 2021-06-07 | 2023-02-14 | Covidien Lp | Staple cartridge with knife |
US11707275B2 (en) | 2021-06-29 | 2023-07-25 | Covidien Lp | Asymmetrical surgical stapling device |
US11617579B2 (en) | 2021-06-29 | 2023-04-04 | Covidien Lp | Ultra low profile surgical stapling instrument for tissue resections |
US11602344B2 (en) | 2021-06-30 | 2023-03-14 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling apparatus with firing lockout assembly |
US11540831B1 (en) | 2021-08-12 | 2023-01-03 | Covidien Lp | Staple cartridge with actuation sled detection |
US11779334B2 (en) | 2021-08-19 | 2023-10-10 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device including a manual retraction assembly |
US12023028B2 (en) | 2021-08-20 | 2024-07-02 | Covidien Lp | Articulating surgical stapling apparatus with pivotable knife bar guide assembly |
US11576671B1 (en) | 2021-08-20 | 2023-02-14 | Covidien Lp | Small diameter linear surgical stapling apparatus |
US11707277B2 (en) | 2021-08-20 | 2023-07-25 | Covidien Lp | Articulating surgical stapling apparatus with pivotable knife bar guide assembly |
US11896220B2 (en) | 2021-08-20 | 2024-02-13 | Covidien Lp | Small diameter linear surgical stapling apparatus |
US11864761B2 (en) | 2021-09-14 | 2024-01-09 | Covidien Lp | Surgical instrument with illumination mechanism |
US20230101288A1 (en) * | 2021-09-29 | 2023-03-30 | Covidien Lp | Surgical fastening instrument with two-part surgical fasteners |
US12156655B2 (en) | 2021-09-29 | 2024-12-03 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with firing lockout mechanism |
US11653922B2 (en) | 2021-09-29 | 2023-05-23 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with firing lockout mechanism |
US11660094B2 (en) * | 2021-09-29 | 2023-05-30 | Covidien Lp | Surgical fastening instrument with two-part surgical fasteners |
US11849949B2 (en) | 2021-09-30 | 2023-12-26 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with firing lockout member |
US12035909B2 (en) | 2021-10-13 | 2024-07-16 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with firing lockout mechanism |
US12268389B2 (en) | 2021-11-12 | 2025-04-08 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling device with firing lockout |
US12137905B2 (en) | 2022-05-16 | 2024-11-12 | Covidien Lp | Gas-powered continuous feed surgical fastening device |
US12193666B2 (en) | 2022-05-27 | 2025-01-14 | Covidien Lp | Replaceable staple cartridge with retractable knife |
CN115317052A (en) * | 2022-08-17 | 2022-11-11 | 湖南华外医疗科技有限公司 | Executive part with split type cutting tool bit and anastomat |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20150342605A1 (en) | 2015-12-03 |
WO2015134682A1 (en) | 2015-09-11 |
US9795385B2 (en) | 2017-10-24 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11812952B2 (en) | Surgical implant and method and instrument for installing the same | |
US9795385B2 (en) | Surgical implant and method and instrument for installing the same | |
US12064106B2 (en) | Devices and methods for facilitating ejection of surgical fasteners from cartridges | |
US20230043048A1 (en) | End effector with adjunct materials | |
CN113329719B (en) | Heart repair device | |
US20210068833A1 (en) | Surgical buttress retention systems for surgical stapling apparatus | |
US20220240925A1 (en) | Minimally-invasive tissue suturing device | |
EP3711694B1 (en) | Device for guiding a cerclage wire | |
EP2685906B1 (en) | Surgical fastener instruments | |
KR102427501B1 (en) | Systems, devices and methods for closing abdominal wall defects | |
US10925601B2 (en) | Surgical end effector adjunct attachment | |
EP3363388B1 (en) | Surgical end effector adjunct attachment | |
WO2007121579A1 (en) | Surgical buttress assembly | |
KR20200140298A (en) | Method and apparatus for passing suture | |
CN117500442A (en) | Buttress attachment for surgical stapling apparatus | |
CN113274080A (en) | Surgical device and end effector |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |